#your oc seems really cute. <3 ]
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
THE LOVE PROGNOSIS, pt. 2 â JJK (m.)
for as long as you can remember, youâve always been a hopeless romantic.
the girl whoâs always dreamt of cheesy encounters with her soulmate, grand love declarations, and a cute little beach wedding to boot. but reality pretty much slaps you hard right on the face, because love, unfortunately, doesnât come grand â itâs simple and itâs quiet, but it is quite painful, especially when the love that youâve been seeking for all your adult life has just been right under your nose all this time.
PAIRING jungkook x female reader // mingyu x female reader
GENRE r18+ (angst, fluff, smut) MINORS DO NOT INTERACT!
CHAPTER WORD COUNT 27.5k
CHAPTER WARNINGS/MISC medical!au, roommates!au, surgeon!jk, surgeon!reader (they are both 4th year residents and are co-workers), corporate lawyer!mingyu, oc and jk are bffs since med school but their love language is fighting each other <3, jk and mingyu are bffs during undergrad, hopeless romantic!oc. shirtless jk in almost every scene ijbol he needs to get locked up, jk thigh tattoo đ a dash of sexual themes (ie: making out, grinding) and violence, this is pretty much MED SCHOOL LORE GALORE bcs boy, was there so much history mentioned here, 3/4 of this is in jk pov, so ladies.... prepare yourselves đ€so much fluff, and we counter that with not major but not minor either ANGST, so many conversations and dialogues in this one lol, this hopefully offers every answer youre looking for from part one, when ur done reading the chapter this is how the keyring looks like
NOTES hi!! this chapter was supposed to be longer but i was like.. fuck that đ its getting too long. anyway. hope u guys enjoy this one!! this is my most favorite thing ive ever written i think n im weirdly very proud of this one idk. scream into my inbox and the reply section if u have #thoughtss đđ [ important: pls make sure to read the note below ]
[ TLP MOODBOARD ] // [ SPOTIFY PLAYLIST ]
SERIES MASTERLIST | MAIN MASTERLIST
You take your sweet time trying to right your wrongs.
After that day, you were the one to initiate a call with Mingyu which he answered thankfully (you were a little skeptical about him calling you that night). You went over to his place after your shift, apologizing to him for lying about your roommate situation. Admittedly, Mingyu still doesnât seem to be wholly okay with it â but he doesnât really say anything more about it. He kissed you better that night, his lips making you forget all about the stress that youâve went through for the day, convincing you to stay over.
The night bled into two when he said he couldnât let you go. Mingyu was persistent and you were unwilling to go in the first place. Partly because who didnât want to spend more time with their significant other? But itâs also because of a certain someone that is no other than Jeon Jungkook.
Those two nights are going on four â which means that youâve been avoiding Jungkook for the past three days now.
It doesnât seem like a difficult task though because Jungkook seems to be doing the same. That was your hunch. He replies to you with dry-ass âokayâs when you text him about not going home because youâre staying at Mingyuâs. Nothing more, and nothing less.
Which is unusual of him. Sure, in your almost decade-long friendship, youâve fought a bunch of times. But it usually gets resolved in a day or two. And Jungkook wasnât ever cold like he is right now.
See, the regular Jungkook would find you anywhere on your floor at the hospital just to annoy you. When your time allows it, you eat together with your friends at lunch.
But now, he seems to always have something to do â which, okay, fair. Heâs a surgeon, after all. But he doesnât even spare you a glance whenever you two meet halfway in the hallways. Yesterday, you coincidentally scrubbed in together for the same surgery but he did not say a word to you other than, âScalpelâ.
The rest of your friends are already asking about it. Doyeon told you he had lunch with Jungkook this afternoon, but when she mentioned that maybe you were free to go with them, Jungkook suddenly had to look over a patientâs chart.
Itâs not just a hunch anymore. He really is avoiding you.
And to be honest, youâre tired of the whole pussyfooting around. Heâs being childish â and youâll be the better person to come and talk to him about it. Granted, youâre three days late. But at least youâre doing it.
You texted Mingyu earlier this afternoon that youâre coming home to your apartment tonight. He was bummed about it, you could feel it through his message, nonetheless he replied saying heâll miss you, which put a smile to your tired face from work.
When you went home from your shift at 9pm, Jungkook wasnât anywhere in the house. Which was a shame â because you were planning to talk to him.
Well. Maybe youâd wait for him.
But it seemed like you underestimated your exhaustion for the day because as soon you finished showering, dressing yourself with your bed clothes which consists of comfortable flimsy camisole and panty shorts, you went straight to bed and passed out â forgetting about Jungkook.
Itâs past 2 am when you feel yourself waking up from your deep slumber, stomach grumbling at the emptiness, and you realize you did not only forget about waiting for Jungkook but also about eating dinner.
Walking out of your room, you head straight to the kitchen where you immediately go to open the refrigerator to see if thereâs something in it you can consume. There are boxes of Chinese food take-out which makes your eyes light up. When you open to smell them, it seems that theyâre still new.
You deduce it must be Jungkookâs.
That gives you the predicament of whether you should eat it or not. You take youâre not exactly on good terms as of the moment â therefore you canât eat his food. But youâre really hungry.
Throwing away your inhibitions, you open one of the boxes, not even bothering to heat the food.
âHey,â
You almost jump upon hearing another voice. Looking to your side, you see Jungkook approaching, with only his boxers on, upper half naked. Â
âH-hey,â you say, pursing your lips into a thin line. âAre these yours?â You point to the take-out box in your hand.
Jungkook nods and heads straight to your direction. Taking one of the boxes, he hauls himself to the kitchen island, twisting his body so that he can face you.
âYep.â he responds, dipping his fingers inside the box and taking out strands of noodles from it.
You wince at the sight. âLook like worms.â
âJust like worms.â Jungkook grins, chewing on them in that obnoxious way because he knows you donât like noisy eaters.
Frowning, you decide to follow him to the island and haul yourself on top of it as well, sitting beside him. Jungkook scoots to the side to give you more room.
âItâs kind of like eating naengmyeon, I donât like naengmyeon.â You tell him, opening another box and feeling delighted to see untouched stir-fried rice. âDid you just buy this earlier?â
Jungkook nods. âLeft them in the fridge when I realized I wasnât too hungry.â
âThen you woke up feeling hungry?â You smile at him.
He chuckles. âYeah. When did you get off work?â
âNine. You?â
âTwelve am.â
You grimace at that, but nod in understanding.
Thereâs a beat of silence before Jungkook speaks up again.
âDidnât expect to see you here tonight.â
âJust wanted to remind you Iâm still your housemateâŠâ you joke, brushing your elbow against his arm in a teasing manner.
Jungkook laughs as he shakes his head. He picks up another batch of noodles in his fingers and then offers it to you, prompting you to arch your brow at him. âTry it.â
You shake your head. âI hate cold noodles.â
âJust try,â He insists, placing it closer to your face. You scrunch your nose, skeptical. It makes Jungkook chuckle lowly. âHead back.â
Hesitantly, you tilt your head back and open your mouth as Jungkook puts the noodles inside it. You almost choke on it when Jungkook laughs mid-way, making you laugh as well, but thankfully, you were able to chew all of them just fine.
âWhat the fuck.â You frown, slapping his arm good-naturedly.
âWasnât so bad, huh?â
âIt was bad.â You say, going back to eating your fried rice. Jungkook gives you a look that says heâs not convinced. Looking at his face, you roll your eyes, âItâs like eatingââ you stop mid-sentence as Jungkook quickly wipes off something on the side of your lips. Itâs so quick though that you brush it off just as instantly and continue, ââliteral worms.â
âImagine if worms tasted like noodles. Wouldnât that be sick as hell?â Jungkook muses, stretching his arm over you to reach for another take-out box on the counter. Itâs so sudden that your immediate reflex was to stretch your upper body backwards, feeling a little taken aback when Jungkookâs face gets a little too close to your stomach, with his arm rubbing over your bare thighs.
He seems like it doesnât move him, though. Just goes back to his position casually and opens another box. As he does, you canât help but take a quick look at his bulging thighs, the short length of his boxers letting you get a brief view of the tattoo that peeks out of the expanse of his skin. Youâve seen that before many times, but not the entirety â of course not. It looks like it goes up from way above. Anyway, itâs sort of like a flower, but youâre not sure. You never really asked him about it. He never brings it up either.
âOh, man, the dumplings got cold.â Jungkook picks inside his box as if heâd miraculously find one thatâs not cold.
You roll your eyes at his antics. âYou stored them in the fridge for like how many hours now?â
Ignoring you, Jungkook takes out one dumpling, trying to eat it, and you watch as he visibly winces. In a moment, he shoots one straight to the trash bin across from you.
âOh, thatâs real mature.â You say dryly.
With that, Jungkook throws another one, giving you a cheeky grin when it lands in the bin successfully for the second time.
Pursing your lips, you sarcastically say, âWow. Two points to Xavier from Jeon Jungkook.â
That makes Jungkook look at you instantly.
âHow the hell do you know that?â He gives you a look of confusion but thereâs amusement written all over his face at the same time.
âWell⊠Mingyu told me you both played for the basketball varsity team back in undergrad, so,â
Jungkook stops. Thereâs look of something in his eyes that you canât quite point out, but then suddenly, he nods.
âHe told you how good I was?â He says with a teasing tone, a contrast to his sudden and quick drop of mood a few seconds ago.
You throw him a tissue. âDonât be cocky. He just mentioned it.â
âI was captain. Two-time MOP, 2018 and 2019 NCAA Menâs Basketball Tournament.â
You look at him with silent reverence. Well, Mingyu didnât tell you all that, thatâs for sure. Itâs a bit surreal to picture Jungkook wearing a basketball uniform, though. Youâre so used to seeing him in scrubs and lab gown and his usual casual, occasionally suits when you attend formal conferences. Youâve only ever seen him sweat it out whenever he works out in the living room.
âImpressive.â You say. Jungkook grins proudly. âItâs strange I only know about it now, though.â
âYou never asked.â He shrugs. âWhat âbout you? I only know youâre little miss summa cum laude.â
Huffing, you jab at his arm when he mentions it, rolling your eyes at him which only earns you a chuckle. Regardless, you tell him, â2018 NCA College Nationals. We won Coed Division One.â
Jungkook arches a brow. âNCA⊠National Cheerleading Association?â You nod, eating from your take-out box so as to avoid Jungkookâs look after you do so.
âNo fucking way,â He says incredulously. âSeriously?â
âYeah,â You bite your lip to keep yourself from smiling too much. You never really get to share this part about you with a lot of people. To quote Jungkook, they never ask. Itâs funny when they do get surprised by it though, like he is now. When Jungkook stares at you â you donât know if itâs just in disbelief â longer than necessary, you realize heâs staring at your face and that makes you consciously fix a strand of hair behind your ear. âGo big blue, go big blue, show âem what wildcats can do.â You sing a in fast tempo, chuckling about how silly it sounds.
Jungkook utters a sound of amusement. âThatâs⊠wow. Right now, Iâm just picturing you cheering but itâs a bit hazy and shit.â
âYouâre saying you canât picture me cheering?â You playfully accuse, but you know exactly what he meant. Even you still donât believe that you actually did cheer in undergrad. When you signed up for it, it was just because you had to choose a club, and you werenât interested in anything other than that. You thought cheering would be fun and it was fun.
âNo, Iâm justââ Jungkook cuts himself off and looks at you. âOkay, now I totally deserve a cheer for that two-point shot I made just now.â
You laugh loudly at that. Covering your mouth, you look at him to see if heâs joking but he seems to be serious.
âNo.â You say, your eyes widening, body stiffening.
âCome on,â Jungkook chuckles.
You roll your eyes. âYou have to do more than a two-point shot to get a cheer.â
âOkay, what do you want me to do?â Jungkook eagerly presents a challange. You stifle a laugh when he gears up for something. âI can shoot dumplings further from here with my left hand.â
âTen feet away,â You muse, giggling when Jungkook suddenly gets off the counter, carrying the box of dumplings, and positions himself further away from you. Laughing, you shake your head before you say, âYou canât do it.â
âTry me.â He says as he begins to pick out a dumpling and concentrate on the trash can. Before he shoots, he tells you, âThis oneâs for you.â
You watch as the dumpling misses the bin.
Jungkook beats you to speaking first. âI admit. Iâm a bit rusty.â
Sneering, you eat your fried rice, not straying your eyes from him. âYou have to shoot, like, three dumplings.â
âThat was a trial shot.â he insists, eyeing you playfully, before he gears up for another again. You watch closely when he makes a move to shoot another dumpling.
It goes in. Jungkook smirks at you when you look at him, impressed.
âNot bad.â You cock your head to the side.
âTss.â He shoots another shot again and itâs successful for the second time. âThatâs two.â Jungkook shows you his fingers and you chuckle at his enthusiasm.
âLetâs see if you can get the third.â
Jungkook nods, and you cover a snicker again at the way his stance suddenly turns serious, as if heâs really taking the whole thing seriously.
In a few seconds, he shoots the last dumpling straight to the bin just as successfully as the last time.
âWhat did I say?â Jungkook brags as he goes over to the island across from you, sitting on the high chairs this time. You turn your body to look at him, containing your smile. âYour turn now.â Jungkook says with a smirk.
Your purse your lips. âIâm a bit rusty.â
âSo was I!â Jungkook claims which prompts a chuckle from you.
You look at him for a while, unsure. You close your eyes, bobbing your head side to side, covering your face as you suddenly feel a sense of embarrassment at the thought of dancing in front of him.
âPromise you wonât laugh?â You say after Jungkook tries to remove your hands off your face.
He raises his right hand and fixes his sitting posture upright. âPromise.â
âIf you show your teeth Iâll stop and so will this friendship.â You threaten as you bring your legs over the island to his direction.
Jungkook chuckles while saying a series of âYeahâs, holding your hand to help you hop off the counter safely.
You take a few quick strides to place yourself in the space between your counter and dining area and look at Jungkook who settles himself comfortably in the kitchen island chair, watching you with relaxed position and crossed arms.
Feeling uncharacteristically shy, you stand upright, suddenly aware that youâre only wearing a pair of panty shorts and a fitted camisole. You donât work out so youâre a bit conscious in front of Jungkook who looks really good in his natural form. You donât even understand how he finds time to go to the gym or do his little work-out sesh during some nights or weekends, but you shake away the thought and smile at him coyly. He has the better body, sure, but you know well enough heâll never judge you for yours⊠besides, itâs just Jungkook. He makes you feel safe and secure, no matter the context of the situation.
Off the top of your head, you do whatever it is you remember from your college routines and begin your yell.
âWildcats, get up and shout! Weâre the team thatâs gonna take it out! Give it all youâve got, letâs hear you roar!â You chuckle mid-way, forgetting a step. âSorry,â you apologize quickly, but then continue right away, trapping your bottom lip with your teeth to prevent yourself from completely losing it. âWeâre the Wildcats, and weâre here to score! Go Big Blue! Go Big Blueâ" You make a mistake again and skip a beat with your finger snaps, and when you look at Jungkook, you canât help but give in to the laughter thatâs been bubbling up inside you. âI canât do it!â You say, cutting your âperformanceâ short.
âWhat? It was good!â Jungkook says, encouraging you to continue further.
You stifle a laugh as you go back to the top again but then your mind forgets the next step and youâre messing up the choreography again. At that point, you start mindlessly cheering; jumping around and flapping your arms to make it look like somewhat of a cheer but none of the coordination. You know it looks messy, so you run over to Jungkook shamefully, plopping on the chair beside him. Bringing your legs up to the seat and covering your face in your thighs, you canât help but giggle in embarrassment.
âWoah,â Jungkook says, but you can say thereâs a hint of laughter in his tone. You know itâs not out of mockery when he lifts your head up and boop your nose. âThat was cute. Best cheer Iâve ever seen.â
âYouâre pushing it.â You hiss, kicking his knee slightly.
Jungkook captures your leg, and you squeal when he pinches your thigh. You both laugh at that and you thought Jungkookâs gonna let go of your leg but he keeps it on his lap.
âMy stomach hurts from laughing.â You tell him, taking a deep breath, trying to regulate your heart. Everything feels funny. Your cheer was funny. You mustâve looked so stupid.
Jungkook chuckles. âWildcats, get up and shoutââ
âJungkook!â You cut him off, removing your leg from his lap to kick him again on the thigh this time. That only prompts him to laugh louder.
When the high of the moment fades, Jungkook looks over at you.
âDo you feel sleepy?â
You shake your head. âNot really. At least not yet.â
He hums, and then takes your box of fried rice to eat from it.
Thereâs the silence again, but itâs quiet and comfortable. No weird tension sitting in the air.
âJungkook,â You call him after a while.
âHm.â
You clear your throat. âI meant to talk to you,â Jungkook stops eating and looks at you to acknowledge you. âIâm sorry.â
He stares at you for a moment. Then, he chuckles, shaking his head. âYou know whatâs funny? I was gonna talk to you yesterday to say Iâm sorry but then you didnât talk to me at all in the OR. I thought you were still mad at me.â
With furrowed brows, you tell him, âI thought you were mad at me. You only said âscalpelâ in the OR and then that was it. No hiâs or helloâs in the hallways for the past three days.â
âMe? Mad at you?â He says, as if he canât believe you would even think that. âI mean, you piss me off sometimes, but I donât think I was ever mad at you.â You pout. Jungkook smiles. âI can never be mad at you,â His look is gentle and warm that you feel a little flustered for a reason unknown. It just ticks a little something in your brain, tugging something at your heart. Then, Jungkook sighs. âIâm sorry, too. For the way I went about it. The âbringing boys hereâ comment was out of line.â
Thereâs a wince on your face when you hear that.
That comment did hurt a little.
But you know it was just a heat-in-the-moment type of thing, and he just wasnât able to think through his words well enough when he was⊠well, pissed â and rightfully so. Because you did something offensive to him, and you canât blame him for feeling the way he felt.
You nod at Jungkook. âThank you for saying that. Iâm saying sorry because I realized what you said. I shouldâve informed you I was bringing Mingyu home, and I shouldâve told him about you being my roommate. We really couldâve avoided that situation.â
âYou can just tell me beforehand if youâre bringing him to our place.â Jungkook shrugs.
You chuckle. âNo. That wonât happen again.â And itâs true. Itâs awkward and itâs rude when you have a roommate.
Jungkook looks at you. âOkay. I wonât do it as well,â You shake your head, playfully rolling your eyes at him. âIâm guessing you settled it pretty quickly with him?â He gestures at your neck and you realize heâs referring to the necklace youâre wearing â the one Mingyu gave you the very same day you fought.
You want to point out itâs not really new, but you settle with, âYeah. Fortunately.â as a response.
âI really am sorry for what happened.â Jungkook says and you can feel the sincerity in his voice.
âItâs fine,â Touching his arm, you give him a small smile. âHave you and Mingyu talked?â
Jungkook shakes his head. Nibbling on your bottom lip, you think about how thatâs⊠not good. They were friends before you and have just met each other again after so many years â you do not want to be that kind of person who gets in the way of some other peopleâs relationship.
And you really canât have Jungkook not liking your boyfriend or your boyfriend not liking Jungkook, either.
But as much as you want to suggest that they talk it out, you know you canât. Besides, you trust that they eventually will. Theyâre grown men.
âSoâŠâ you trail off. âAre we okay?â
Jungkookâs lips tilt upwards. âAre we okay?â
âCome on,â you roll your eyes. âDo we hug it out or like â I donât know â handshake on it?â
âLetâs hug it out like weâre twelve.â Jungkook grins and in a moment, he scoots closer to you and wraps his arms around your waist, resting his head on your chest.
The angle is a bit awkward with Jungkook crouching too much you donât doubt his position is anything but comfortable, but it works, and it gives you the opportunity to pat his head as you say, âI missed hanging out with you, buddy.â
âCanât say the same thing.â
That earns him a slight pinch to the ear easily accessible to you.
âOw!â Jungkook says and then add, âI hate to ruin the moment but⊠youâre not wearing a bra.â
You quickly grab both sides of his head to get him off your chest. He comes back sitting upright on his chair, laughing.
âFuck offââ you flip him off and then look over your box of fried rice, but then you remember he was also eating it earlier. âYou ate all of it!â
âFinders keepers.â
âI hate you.â
âHm.â
You shake your head, standing up and starting to grab all the boxes to take them to the trash bin.
âBy the way, I just got my approval from HR for our trip the next two weeks. Have you?â You ask him across the room. You can see Jungkookâs face light up at the mention.
âYeah, of course. Got approved yesterday.â Jungkook grins. You watch as he stares at you a bit longer, his face showing a hint of confusion.
You arch a brow. âWhy does your face look like that?â Jungkook shakes his head, obviously ready to dismiss it. But youâre persistent. âWhat is it?â You say, walking towards his direction and stopping in front of him.
âNothingâŠâ he trails off. Then he rubs the back of his head. âI just really thought that youâŠâ You squint your eyes at him. Then he chuckles lightly and swipes his fingers through his hair. âI just thought the trip would be cancelled.â
Your eyebrows furrow. Frowning, you nudge at him. âWhat? Of course, not! We planned that trip like six months ago. Iâm not backing out.â
Jungkook gives you a shy smile.
âOkay.â
You canât help it. You bring your hands to his cheeks and pinch them.
âHeâs so excited for his birthday trip!â You say, intentionally talking like you would to a toddler.
Jungkook predictably forces your hands out of his skin and holds your wrist a bit tight as he rolls his eyes at you.
âKnock it off.â He glares at you. But youâre not done with your fun, so you poke your finger to his waist, knowing thatâs his weak spot, and tease him some more. âSeriously.â Jungkook huffs out and your laughter becomes louder because he looks like a grumpy child right now.
âSorry.â you say, still giggling. He furrows his brows, and you canât help it, you poke at his waist again. When you do it, though, Jungkook captures your wrist, effectively stopping another one of your juvenile assaults. Suddenly, you start noting the mirth in his eyes.
Youâve seen that look before and it always ends up with you almost dying from too much laughter because he alwaysâ
âYouâre gonna regret that.â
You let out a squeal as Jungkook takes ahold of your waist, and before you can even voice out a protest, he easily hoists you up against his body, bouncing you up until you're hanging around his shoulder like a sack bag.
âWhat the hell, put me down, you prick!â You complain, slapping the rugged muscles on his back. But Jungkook just responds with a series of clicks of his tongue, carrying you across the living room.
You know heâs about to put you on the couch to tickle you to death, so you do what you could and bite down on the skin of his back.
âOuch!â Jungkook immediately reacts, stumbling a little in his stride. You snort at that, but you immediately frown when you feel a slap to your ass.
âYou asshole!â
âYou just lowered your chances of being spared,â Was his last words before you feel yourself getting put down on the surface of the sofa. Soon after, Jungkookâs poking his fingers to your waist and stomach, prompting you to erupt in fits of giggles and laughter, thrashing beneath him like a caged animal.
âPlâstopâoh my god!â You say, weakly reaching for his arms. When Jungkook doesnât relent, you continue wriggling under him, laughing and choking, saying a variety of, âStop! Iâm ââ giggle, âgonnaââ then another snort, ââdie!â
Jungkook chuckles. He torments you some more before finally stopping his fingers in their ministrations.
âYou deserve that.â Jungkook says when you both came down from the high, laughing at the messy state of your hair and the way you try to catch your breath like you just ran a triathlon.
You breathe in and out deeply, clutching your stomach that still hurts from laughing.
âFuck you.â You hiss, giving him the finger.
Jungkook bursts into laughter, and from his position in between your legs, he lets himself fall on top of you.
âJungkook, no!â Pushing him off you, you try to get away from him but the goof just forces himself beside you instead, sticking his much bigger build in between you and the back of the couch. It makes you scoot near the edge as a result, and you hold onto his arm so that you donât fall off, tangling your leg against his own for added support. Pinching his waist in which he lets out an ingenuine âOwe!â to, you face him as you say, âYou are so annoying.â
Jungkook just gives you a shit-eating grin. âWho started it?â
âYou almost killed me.â You say dryly.
âDonât be dramatic.â He rolls his eyes.
Suddenly, you realize the position you are both in.
Your bare legs are intermingled against each other, Jungkook has one arm wrapped around your waist, and from the lack of clothes on both sides, you can feel pretty much everything.
Thereâs a weird feeling in the pit of your stomach upon the epiphany.
Jungkookâs looking at you with a playful grin, but as he notices you staring at him, he stills. From such close proximity, you can almost trace out the lines of his features. The scar on his cheek, the mole under his lip, and the pimple scar that was probably from a week ago. At that thought, you think about: if you can see him so close like this, he can also probably see you, and thatâs when you break away from the contact.
âShit.â You hiss as you let yourself fall off the floor by rolling around, away from his hold and touch and him in general.
Jungkook immediately scoots to the edge of the sofa to look down at you with confused eyes. âThe hell?â
âDonât worry,â you wave your hand at him.
He snorts. âDid you just fall?â
You roll your eyes. Of course, heâd think that. But you let him, standing up from the floor.
âYeah, yeah, whatever you say.â
You hear Jungkookâs boisterous laughter as you walk towards the kitchen again, stopping in front of the fridge to get some water.
âYouâre going to bed now?â Asks Jungkook, following you to the fridge and mirroring your activity.
Nodding at his question, you peer from the rim of the glass as you answer, âYeah, I donât want to be sleeping at the hospital later.â
âFair.â
Soon after, you both decided to clean up a bit in the kitchen and when you finished, you two headed towards the direction of your bedrooms. Itâs located just near the kitchen, with the doors located beside each other.
When you turn the knob open to your own door, Jungkook calls you, catching your attention.
You arch a brow at him, waiting.
âGood night,â Jungkook says. You drop your kitted brows and smile. Youâre about to greet him the same but then he adds, âAlsoâ that was a really great cheer.â
âUgh, Jungkook!â
You look across the bed to see Mingyu still on his laptop on his worktable, working on something. An hour and thirty minutes have passed since you arrived at his place, but youâre still not getting the least bit of attention from him.
You get it, itâs work, but he asked you to come over⊠isnât it only fair to expect a little bit of something?
Getting up from the bed, you trudge over to his direction.
âHi,â you say, ducking down to wrap your arms around his neck from the back of his swivel chair and kissing the spot below his ear.
âHi,â Mingyu meets the kiss you give him on the lips. He reaches for your hands resting on top of chest and holds it there, looking at you. You delight at the hint of attention. âIâll just be in a few minutes. Youâre staying, right?â
You grin. âOf course.â
âGood.â
Rolling your eyes, you take your hands off him and stand upright once again. Mingyu rotates his chair so he can look at you with his undivided attention, voicing out a low whistle when he takes in your outfit â or lack of it thereof.
You arch a brow, knowing well heâs ogling you only in your bra and panties, squinting your eyes at him. Slowly, you glide your leg over his waist and plop yourself down on his lap, waiting for any protest from him. It doesnât come, and so you give him a grin before planting your lips against his.
The kiss turns heated in a matter of seconds, with Mingyu squeezing over your bra and taking in your soft moans against his mouth, feeling the delicious roll of your hips against his crotch where you feel a semi growing already. Â
âSweetheart,â Mingyu grunts. When you donât answer that, he cups your jaw, making you look at him. â__.â
âWhat?â You say, more like a whine, looking at him with hooded eyes. Youâre starting to feel sticky in your underwear and you need him to do something about it.
âNot now, sweetheart. I told you, Iâm working.â
You frown. Thereâs a beat of silence before you let out a sigh. âOkay.â You say, getting off his lap.
âIâll take care of you when Iâm done.â He promises, taking ahold of your wrist, looking up at you.
Pursing your lips, you look away. âItâs fine.â When Mingyu lets go, you look at the direction of the bathroom. âIâm gonna take a shower,â you tell him. âYouâre free to join me if you want or whatever.â
You know he canât and that he wonât.
âAlright.â Was the last thing you heard before you walked towards the bathroom door.
Youâve been over at his place too many times to count now, and youâre slowly building your shower essentials in his own bathroom. Your body wash, your face cream, your shampoo, your conditioner â even your moisturizer and your eye mask are already placed inside his bathroom cabinet.
As you step out of the shower box, all clean and fresh, you go over to the lavatory to brush your teeth. At the sight of both your cups sitting beside each other, you smile.
You look in the mirror â noting the way your lips canât stop from curling up at the thoughts running inside your head.
Shaking them off, you grab Mingyuâs robe and put it over yourself, turning the knob around to step out of the bathroom.
You see Mingyu on his bed this time around, but his laptopâs still perched on his lap.
He looks up when he sees you. âReady to sleep?â
You nod, feeling at home the way you automatically go towards his closet to pick out a shirt and some panties you left over the time.
As youâre in the process of dressing yourself, a phoneâs ding rings in the room.
Looking at Mingyu, you watch as he checks his phone, assuming it came from him. When he puts it down, he looks at your plugged phone on the bedside table.
âWhat is it?â You ask, now properly dressed, walking to the bed.
You note the way Mingyuâs gaze changes as he hands you your phone.
âItâs Jungkook.â He says with a weirdly clipped tone. Then another ding comes. A beat, and then your phone rings.
Your brow shoots up, taking the device from him and checking it yourself.
Jungkookâs face is plastered over your screen â a picture of him wasted in his room two years ago, taken from your Thailand trip with the rest of your friends. Heâs sleeping with his mouth open, shirtless in the middle of the hut, only covered up with his trunks. You remember setting it as his contact photo because it was funny back then. Jungkook hates the photo, and your friends always made fun of him for it.
Right now, though, it doesnât feel the least bit funny. Not when Mingyuâs certainly saw it. Not when he looks a little put off as soon as he sees a glimpse of it when he was passing your phone to you.
âIâll just answer this.â You say, standing from the bed again.
You donât expect Mingyu to suddenly shoot you a question, âYou canât answer here?â
Brows knitting together, you give him an uncertain look. âItâs just Jungkook.â
âYeah⊠so, why not here?â
You relent, seeing the point heâs trying to make. Plopping yourself on the bed again, you answer Jungkookâs call and put the phone over your ear.
âJungkook,â
â__,â he sighs out your name, sounding relieved. âThank fuck.â
âWhatâs wrong?â You ask, growing a bit concerned at his tone.
You can hear some shuffling from the other line as Jungkook tells you, âDid you see me with my pager in the locker room earlier?â
âOh, uh⊠let me thinkâŠâ you trail off, trying to remember the events earlier. As you do that, you notice Mingyuâs fingers trailing his hands to your bare legs, but you ignore it as you answer Jungkook, âI think I didnât, yeah. I didnât.â Jungkook hisses. âDid you check your car?â you ask, trying to help out.
âAlready did. Itâs not in there, either. I really think I accidentally threw it out in the bin along with some trash in my pockets.â He says, sounding a little distressed now.
âWell⊠you can always just go to the operator, you know? Get a new pager?â you offer. Thereâs a drop of kiss on your shoulder that makes you shudder, and you look at Mingyu with furrowed brows. He doesnât say anything, though, just let his fingers trail upwards, his hand sliding under your shirt, gripping your thigh. Your boyfriend just gives you a sly smile, and you squint your eyes at him, confused at what heâs playing at.Â
âI know. But, ugh, you know I lost two pagers already this year. Sungkyun hates me at this pointââ
Jungkookâs answer suddenly drowns out when Mingyu grazes his thumb on your clothed clit.
âOh.â
ââwhat?â Jungkook halts, asking about your abrupt reaction.
You bite your lip in an effort to shut yourself up, and when Mingyuâs hand makes another move again, your free hand shoots up to stop him.
âHold on a second, Jungkook,â you say, quickly pressing mute.
Mingyu looks at you with a smirk, playful smile painting his face. âYou know you can continue, right?â
At that, your brows furrow even further.
âWhat are you doing?â You didnât mean to sound curt but with the way Mingyuâs expression changes, it may have sounded that way.
You⊠couldnât help it.
âI wanted to touch you,â Mingyu tells you after a beat of awkward silence. Then, his hand retreats to himself. âDo you not want to?â
Thereâs guilt that springs up inside you when you see the look on his face as he says those words.
âNo, Iâm sorryâ itâs just⊠I want to. I just⊠not with somebody on the phone?â You put it out like a question, unsure of yourself.
The room is quiet for awhile and suddenly thereâs a thick tension that hangs in the air.
You reach out for Mingyu but then drop your hand to your sides when he moves to sit on the edge of the bed.
He turns his head to you with an unreadable expression on his face. âIs it because itâs Jungkook?â
You frown at his tone.
It sounded accusatory.
âExcuse me?â You say, taking immediate offense. When Mingyu shrugs, you feel a bit of annoyance bubble up inside you. âI wouldâve still stopped you if it was anybody else on the phone, Mingyu.â you say, tone firm and leveled.
âIâm sorry, then.â
But he definitely doesnât sound like it. His sarcasm makes you snap. âWhatâs up with you?â
Mingyu opens his mouth to say something but then he closes it again. You watch him with confused eyes, completely at loss of context where heâs at. The night was going fine as usual and suddenly, thereâs this.
After a few seconds, Mingyu sighs. âWhat are you even talking about right now?â He glances at your phone.
âItâsââ you take a glance at it too. âItâs just his pager.â
âPager?â
âYes.â
âHe asks you about his pager in the middle of the night, knowing full well youâre with me?â
âIââ you stop yourself, words suddenly getting lost in your tongue. Not because you donât know the answer to his question, but because you hate the way he phrased it â and honestly, youâre starting to feel icky about how heâs going with it. What was he trying to do? Pin you down with accusatory notions?
You donât fucking get it. Jungkookâs his friend. Itâs so bizarre to even think about how Mingyu is seemingly acting jealous over his supposed friend.
âYou know what?â You say instead, not wanting to discuss it further with him anymore. Itâs just gonna lead to an unnecessary fight â and frankly, you donât want to deal with his jealousy. It seems so⊠futile. âCan we just sleep this whole thing off?â
Mingyu looks at you and for the first time, his eyes donât look gentle. He looks at you with a bit of a frown, and you get it. You do. Youâre not exactly happy, either. Not right now, with the way heâs acting.
âDo you want me to go?â You ask, ready to step out of bed.
âI didnât tell you to.â Mingyu says, voice equally strained.
You sigh. âWhat do you want me to do, Mingyu? Are you jealous, is that it?â You meant it to be completely rhetorical, not at all expecting him to say anything.
But he answers instantly. âWhat if I say I am?â
Your lips part. Youâre surprised at the confirmation, but you shake your thoughts off it.
âThen itâs completely unnecessary,â you tell him, as genuine as you can sound. When Mingyu doesnât move in his position on the edge of the bed, you crawl towards him. Testing the waters, you touch his arm to see if he would avoid your touch, but when you do rest your hand on his shoulder, he doesnât stray. âI like you, Gyu.â
Cocking your head to the side, you watch as his face still sports a cold expression. But he says, âI like you too, you know that,â
âButâŠ?â you try to get out the words from him, because you knew thereâs more.
âI donât want you to think Iâm being irrational about this whole thing,â he starts, and you nod your head, trying to show him that you get it. Mingyu licks his lips before he continues, âI just⊠I guess I just want you to put boundaries around your friendship with Jeon.â
That makes you stop. Nevermind the strange way he called Jungkook by his surname.
âHow do you mean by that?â You ask with furrowed brows.
âYouâre just really close with him. And you live in one apartment together.â He points out.
âMingyuâŠâ you say, suddenly feeling tired all over again. âI thought we already talked about that.â
âDoesnât mean Iâm a hundred percent comfortable with it, you know?â
It feels like you got electrocuted by his words the way you quickly retreat your hands. âThatâsâŠâ you trail off, not really knowing what to say.
Thankfully, though, Mingyu interjects before you can slip into a dilemma.
âI know, I know about why youâre living with him and all that stuff. We talked about it. Itâs justâŠâ he reaches for your hand. Entangling your fingers together, Mingyu brings your knuckles to his lips and presses a kiss there. âI want you all the time. And I guess I really am just jealous â even though itâs juvenile. Iâm jealous that heâs known you far longer than me.â
âButâ Iâm here thrice a week. I make time for the both of us. And it doesnât really matter how long youâve known me for, Gyu,â you respond truthfully.
He nods.
âIâm sorry.â
You shake your head. âNo, Iâm sorry. I guess I justâ I got in way over my head that I also forgot to take your feelings into account,â
Mingyu smiles, and there goes his soft gentle expression again.
âI know. Itâs fine. You donât have anything to be sorry about. Itâs me whoâs being unreasonable.â
âNo, itâs not unreasonable,â you tell him. âI get it. Boundaries, Mingyu. I know what youâre talking about.â
Mingyu scooches closer and presses a sweet kiss to your lips. You gladly bask in it, smiling against his lips, keeping your gentle gaze towards him as he breaks away.
âIâm sorry for being a bummer.â
You kiss him again and the way he inserts his tongue in your mouth distracts you a bit but you manage to break the contact. Soon, heâs lying down beside you and when you check your phone, your call with Jungkook has already ended, but there are two messages from him on your notifications.
[12:35am] jaykayđ€ : are you still alive [12:38am] jaykayđ€ : ok nevermind iâll hang the call i actually found my pager just now đ [12:38am] jaykayđ€ : it was in the kitchen counter LOL [12:45am] jaykayđ€ : ok bye. night
You were going to reply but decide against it for some reason.
Putting your phone down to the bedside table, you follow Mingyu under the sheets and as usual, you face against his direction just like he does.
Unfortunately, he doesnât really like cuddling that much. Heâd share his space to a certain extent, just like how you got into his bed in the first place, but not the lengths of cuddling together in bed. Mingyu didnât tell you why â and you donât want to come off as clingy, so you donât bother asking.
Itâs strange, though. Now that he told you a while ago that he, apparently, âwants you all the timeâ. Shouldnât he like to cuddle you in bed, then? But you donât want to dwell in it too much, afraid that you may be digging yourself a hole if you were to keep it up.
As you lay your cheek on your folded hands, you play back the events of the night and think about how youâve seen this film before.
When you were in med school, Eunwoo always had something to say about your friendship with Jungkook. He wasnât direct with it, but with the way he never bothered to make friends with Jungkook or always had a grimace on his face when you mentioned him in passing, it was enough for you to conclude that Eunwoo was always⊠wary of Jungkook â and definitely in a jealous type of way.
He said almost the exact same thing as Mingyu â that boundaries should be built; that Jungkook and you are too close, why is he calling you in the middle of the night to ask about mundane things, why does he know too much about your motherâs preferences, and why is he buddy-buddy with your dad who otherwise always had an uninterested expression on his face?
It wasnât even just Mingyu. Your past flings for the past four years youâve been single always got put off when they heard that youâre rooming with a guy â even more so when you mention that heâs your bestfriend.
Youâre not stupid to not see how it looks like from the outside perspective â and youâre not dense to not ever consider the possibility of something romantic brewing within the friendship. You have thought about it before â had an instant crush on him the first time you met at the law library back in post grad school. But it was fleeting at best, especially when Eunwoo came into your life a few weeks later.
Nayeon, Doyeon, and Taehyung have also hinted at it. Sometimes â most of the time, really, teasing you two, especially Taehyung. Even the most mature one among your friends â Yoongi â once told you both to get married at forty. He was joking, though he looked way too serious for someone who was just supposed to be joking.
And there was that one dreadful time in third year of med school when Jungkook almost kissed you.
You buried that memory in the very depths of your mind â not ever wanting to revisit it again. It was a bad time, and it was just not a good thing to look back at. Jungkook acted irresponsible, and you stupidly let yourself be complicit in it, even though you knew better.
Nothing even happened â but that memory was just that. A mere memory. You doubt Jungkook even remembers that himself.
Hereâs the thing: youâve just never seen Jungkook past the person you consider as a friend. Youâve never been weird about the women he dated â or if he dated, at all. Heâs also always been supportive of your relationships⊠as far as youâre concerned. Regardless of what everybody says, you both seem to agree that youâre just better off as friends. You work better that way.
Jungkookâs a good guy, though. He does have tons of flings â but heâs just conventionally attractive and works hard for a body that is to die for. Women like that. Additionally, he has a stable job and even though he annoys you about splitting the delivery fee when you do take-out, heâs actually quite rich â or, his family is â heâd always insist.
You get it though. As a co-resident, you both donât really make that much (for the work that you do) â at least not yet.
But he was indeed born in generational wealth, coming from a family of doctors, which is why itâs quite impressive that he knows how to handle his life by his own hard work. His intelligence and perseverance are some of the things you admire about him, his drive to make a name for himself and never leeching off his familyâs name. Jungkook doesnât ever brag about how his neurosurgeon dad is one of the best in the country and how his mom is a legend in cardiac surgery â even though sometimes, he could use it a little. Heâs playful yet charming; quiet when youâre just knowing him, but heâll eventually talk a lot when you get close.
As a friend, heâs quite the best youâve ever had.
And even though you donât really see him past that, you know in your heart that whoever ends up with him romantically will be a very lucky person.
âYouâre a pussy.â
âDoyeon.â
Doyeon huffs, rolling her eyes so hard at Taehyungâs reprimand and then goes back to glaring at Jungkook again who just looks at her with a pathetic expression.
âWhat? Iâm right. Heâs a pussy and youâre an even bigger pussy for defending him being a pussy.â She says, furrowing her eyebrows angrily.
âWhy are we talking about pussies?â
Nayeon suddenly enters the on-call room and Jungkook nearly has a heart attack.
âWhat the hell, you should at least knock. Jesus.â Jungkook says, clutching his chest, looking at Nayeon with an almost offended expression who closes the door behind her.
âWere you scared it was __? See!â Doyeon sighs out in frustration. âSuch a fucking pussy.â
âSuch a fucking pussy,â Jungkook mocks, using a higher pitch to imitate Doyeon poorly.
âAnd a child too.â She rolls her eyes and throws him a pillow. It misses Jungkook and hits Taehyung instead.
âSeriously, what are you so mad about today? You have that mood. Did you and your secret boyfriend fight?â Taehyung spits out.
Everybody stills in the room when Doyeon gives him a sharp glare. That pretty much makes everyone shut up, especially Taehyung who makes a show of physically zipping his mouth.
Nayeon fakes a cough and trudges towards Jungkook sitting on one of the beds. She throws her heavy hands on his shoulders, more like slaps, and then looks at Doyeon as she asks, âWhat are we calling this man a pussy for?â
âOh, ask him. Or his dumber best friend.â Doyeon rolls his eyes and looks at Taehyung, crossing her arms and leaning her back on the chair sheâs sitting on from across the room.
âYouâre starting to hurt my feelings and I hate you.â Taehyung says from the other bed.
âWhy?â Nayeon ignores their banter and furrows her brows at Jungkook curiously.
Jungkook hisses under his breath. âItâs nothing. She calls me a pussy for literally everything.â
Doyeon butts in. âYeah, are you gonna cry?â
âIf __ was here, sheâs gonna be on my side, you know that?â Jungkook rebuts.
âIf __ was here, youâd be panicking because sheâll know about your little secret.â
âOof.â Taehyung comments.
âOh, JungkookieâŠâ Nayeon looks down at him with worried eyes. When he looks up with a sad look, she starts rubbing his shoulders as some sort of comfort, already knowing about what this might be about. âThis is about⊠the thing?â
He nods weakly. âYes. And no. Uh, well, this is⊠you know about the birthday trip in the next five days, right? So, she asked me if she could bring, uh, Mingyu along.â
âOh.â Nayeon utters, looking at Doyeon for confirmation.
Doyeon nods, and then nags, âAsk him what he said.â
Nayeon looks at him. âWhat did you say?â
âI said yes.â
âOh.â
Jungkook looks down in slight shame at Nayeonâs reaction. She completely stops her handsâ ministrations on his shoulder, indicating that even she could not believe what he just did.
This makes Jungkook even feel worse.
Leaning his elbow on his thighs, he runs his fingers through his hair as he says, âI mean, how could I have said no? I wouldâve looked like an asshole. Besides, Mingyu and I are college friends. Thereâs no reason for me to prohibit him from this trip. Like, at all.â
âYeah, you and Mingyu are college friends but, ultimately, itâs our trip, right? __ wouldâve understood if you said no.â Doyeon says, still not over her justification from a while ago.
âI know, I know. But still⊠I didnât want to say no to her.â Jungkook tells Doyeon, not having a lot to say more than that.
Itâs the plain truth, anyway. He truly, simply does not want to say no to you. Not ever.
âBut JungkookâŠâ Nayeon interrupts. âWould it be okay for you? We know how you feel about the whole â er â Mingyu thing. Can you really take them being close together? Especially on a trip for your birthday?â
Though Nayeonâs voice is soft and her gaze gentle, her words hit him like a ton of bricks.
Truthfully, he doesnât know what to feel about the whole thing. You dating Mingyu is one thing, but you bringing him along on your trips is another. It means that heâs it.
That youâre getting serious.
He hates himself for hating the idea. Jungkookâs always wanted to be nothing but supportive of you. Heâd done it perfectly well with Eunwoo before, and your flings in the past four years have never upgraded past to being solely flings so he never worried about them, but now with Mingyu⊠itâs hard to pretend like itâs not killing him when you talk about how much you like him.
You have that lovestruck look on your face when Mingyu comes up in a conversation. For the first time in a while, you look genuinely happy. Jungkook always thought that your feelings for Eunwoo still lingered over the past few years â and how could it not, when you were literally engaged to him for a year? You told him one time that he may have been your greatest love⊠and he fears that it might be the same with Mingyu.
Where does that exactly leave him?
âWhat I think doesnât really matter. And itâs just for week.â he murmurs, but the others hear it anyway.
âAn excruciating week, you mean.â Doyeon says. She stands up from her chair. âYou know what, Iâm over this whole thing. Iâve witnessed you pine over her for whole eight years â and Iâm just â Iâm moving on from this. And I have a surgery. Iâm going out.â
Jungkook grimaces when Doyeon heads towards the door.
âDoyeon, donât be mean to Jungkook. Heâs trying his best, you know? The timing is just not right andââ
âWhat timing?â
As soon as Doyeon twisted the doorknob, pulling the door open to completely head out, you came barging in, cutting off Nayeonâs words.
Her eyes widen a little at your sudden arrival. And Jungkook scrambles to think of an effort to swerve the subject, but Taehyung beats him to it.
â__, heyyy,â he prolongs the word quite unnaturally, chuckling at the end of it for no reason. Jungkook internally notes to tell him later never dare try to save anything ever again.
That makes you furrow your brows in confusion. Directing your look to Doyeon who stopped on her tracks, you ask her instead, âWhatâs going on? What about Jungkook trying his best?â
Doyeon looks at Jungkook and then you. You wait, but then she just rolls her eyes â just completely done about the whole thing. Like she said earlier.
âHeâs trying his best not to be a pussy â well, allegedly.â At that, she goes out of the room, ignoring your calls to pull her back in.
âUh⊠I think I have a surgery in twenty. See you guys around. Gotta scrub in.â Taehyung jumps from the other bed and Jungkook makes sure to extend his leg forward so that the older guy trips on it as he walks. âWhat the fuck, man.â Taehyung looks at him, offense written all over his face.
Jungkook gives him a glare. Taehyung chooses to ignore it rather than prolong it and walks past you at the door.
âBye, fuckers.â
âDonât call me a fucker!â Nayeon chimes in but Taehyungâs already out of the room.
âHey, seriously! What was that?â You head towards the bed where Jungkook and Nayeon are, situating yourself on the far end of the bed to lean on the frame. You take off your sneakers in one swift move and lay your feet on Jungkookâs lap.
âItâs nothing. You know how Doyeon always bullies meâŠâ Jungkook says, ignoring the tingling sensation that starts to creep up his spine at the way you casually initiate physical contact.
He needs to get a grip. You most probably donât really mean anything by it.
âShe does not bully you.â Nayeon rolls her eyes beside him.
âYou probably deserve it.â you say, pulling out and eating some strawberry yogurt.
Nayeon laughs at your remark, but then itâs cut short when a pager suddenly beeps. Instantly, all of you take out your own and check if it was yours.
âAlright, thatâs my call.â
âBye. Good luck.â You say, offering your cup to Nayeon, but she only shakes her head. Meanwhile, Jungkook gives her a pair of thumbs up.
When Nayeon leaves the room, you nudge Jungkook with your foot.
âHey,â
Jungkook looks at you with a brow raised.
âCan you rub my foot? Please rub my foot.â You say, making the best rendition of puppy face, extending your sock-cladded foot in his direction.
He scoffs. âDo you think Iâm a pushover?â
You gasp dramatically. âI do not! I think youâre a cool person whoâd totally give me foot rubs.â
âUnfortunately, Iâm not a cool person who would give you foot rubs.â
You groan. âI gave you a massage weeks ago.â
âThat was, like, two months ago.â Jungkook says drily.
âIt counts because you didnât do anything to repay me for my kindness.â
âOh, you need your kindness paid back?â Jungkook teases, wiggling his eyebrows at you.
You pout at him and then whine. âPlease, just three minutes, I swear. Iâll even put up a timer.â
Indeed, Jungkook is a pushover. Pushover to your cute pout and every request. Again, he could just not find it in himself to say no to you. Not even in his wildest dreams.
But itâs never not fun to tease you before he relents. âFine. Two minutes.â He says, pretending to begrudge the thought of giving you a foot massage, even though inside, heâs quite thrilled to be doing so.
It would be a lie to say that it isnât one of his favorite past times in the quiet evenings of your apartment. Jungkook loves the weight of your leg on his lap, loves the way you thank him in between groans, and loves that he just gets to be close to you in almost such an intimate way.
âYour feet stink.â Jungkook decides to tease, scrunching his nose, feigning disgust.
âDonât lie. Also, your feet stink even more, donât try me.â
âMy feet do not stink.â
âLetâs just agree to disagree,â You grin. âIâm starting a timer.â You say, grabbing your phone, pressing some stuff on it before you put it on the mattress.
âLet me see, for all I know, you set it to five instead of three.â
You look at him with widen eyes, stiffening.
âItâs three minutes.â
âYour nostrils are flaring, youâre lying.â
You groan. âPlease. Dinner is on me later.â
That obviously catches Jungkookâs attention.
âYouâre staying at home for the night?â
You look at him weird. âYeah, of course. Whatâs with that face?â
Jungkook shakes his head, hides a small smile as he looks down to your feet on his lap and takes a hold of one. He takes off your sock for you and begins massaging the tendons of your foot, noting the way you immediately lean back and relax.
âNothing. I just thought youâd be staying at Mingyuâs again.â
âAh,â you nod your head. When Mingyu's name is mentioned, you visibly frown. Itâs the kind of face that you make when youâre deep in thought. âI was supposed to. But I donât know⊠we fought this morning.â
Jungkook raises a brow. âYou wanna talk about it?â
You shrug. âNot really. Itâs a weird argument. I donât know.â
He wants so badly to poke around and find out⊠but somehow, thereâs something in him that tells him not to bother.
Anyway, youâre going home tonight so thatâs all that matters. Jungkook begins to think about what to eat for dinner⊠heâd love to cook something, nevermind that heâs tired from his overnight shift yesterday. He also only got around four total hours of sleep in the past 48 hours, and that was not even consecutive hours â just the sum. That is why he was in the on-call rooms, until Taehyung suddenly barged in, followed by Doyeon, Nayeon, and then you.
âOhâ there, thatâs so good, Jungkook,â you say after a particularly hard press against the ball of your heel.
Jungkook knows better than to let his mind wander upon hearing that from you. Heâs massaging you, of course that was gonna be the natural reaction.
Itâs also quite pathetic to be even thinking about it in the first place â considering that your mind might most likely be weighed by yours and Mingyuâs argument â your boyfriend.
âHey, about what I said a few days ago,â you started to speak again, breaking the momentary silence. Jungkook hums to acknowledge you. âI know you said yes to me bringing Mingyu along, but, uh, Iâm not sure if he still plans to.â
âAh,â Jungkook nods. Was the argument that bad? âOkay.â
âYeah. He has to fly over to Arizona for something that week. Told me he may be able to arrive and join us on the second day, which is the exact date of your birthday, but honestly, Iâm not sure. His sched changes a lot.â
Deep down, Jungkook wishes Mingyu just opts out of joining in altogether.
But he doesnât have to tell you that.
âThatâs a shame.â he comments, not really meaning it. He massages your other foot with ginger hands, which has you letting out soft sighs again. Jungkook buries them in the back of his head, lest his mind goes to territories that are absolutely humiliating.
âI knowâŠâ you trail off. You look like you have more to say as well, but then the door to the room opens. Again.
âForgot my pager.â Doyeon announces, crossing the room with quick steps to reach for the forgotten thing she left on the table.
When Doyeonâs gaze falls back to the both of you, she raises a brow, and then her eyes direct their way towards Jungkookâs hands on your foot.
Youâre about to say something when Doyeon rolls his eyes at Jungkook. Then, without giving you the opportunity to speak, she heads out of the room quickly, leaving Jungkook to look in another direction in quiet shame.
âWhat was that?â You comment, confused at what just happened.
âEh, sheâs in a sour mood today. Itâs regular Doyeon.â Shrugs Jungkook, trying to swerve the subject.
You pout. âAre you two fighting again for real?â
Jungkook chuckles. âNo, itâs not serious. You know how Doyeon and I get.â
You squint your eyes, but say nothing nonetheless.
Meanwhile, Jungkook hisses internally.
Jungkook gets Doyeon. You all have been friends since freshman year of med school â the founder of your study group â and she was also the first one to find out about Jungkookâs little crush. He didnât even have to say it explicitly, she just knew. Eventually, Jungkook told Taehyung. He has quite a big mouth, unfortunately, so when you started your internship at the hospital â he lets it slip in a conversation with Nayeon who was just becoming your friend that time â leading the situation to where it is right now.
Out of all of them, though, Doyeon got it pretty hard. Sheâs witnessed the early stages of Jungkookâs infatuation towards you in the first semester of med school, had to keep quiet during study sessions. She was even supportive that time, telling Jungkook to just go for it â but then Eunwoo happened, and the confession never saw the light of day.
When they broke up, Doyeon became hopeful again, just as Jungkook was. But you were showing no signs of moving on and Jungkook had no choice but to step back for a bit.
The past two years, though, Doyeon became more insistent, telling him youâre single and itâs the fattest chance Jungkook can ever get.
But sheâs right, after all. Jungkookâs a pussy. He hides his feelings well â a pro at the sport, really, at this point.
When Mingyu happened a few months ago, Doyeonâs just over it. She told Jungkook one time in a drinking session that the ship has sunk and heâs going to be in his sixties regretting not ever confessing to you. Sometimes, he wakes up at night in sweat from a nightmare that involved Doyeon murdering him because of his emotional constipation.
Jungkook knows she just wants the best for him â even though sheâs more on showing him tough love instead of a gentle one. Doyeonâs always been like that, but sheâs a good friend. When things went haywire, she was there to genuinely sympathize with him and console him â together with Taehyung and some of his other friends.
But in Jungkookâs defense, Doyeon just also doesnât get it.
Itâs so easy to just say fuck it and make a confession already, so easy to think about how things could turn positively â but sheâs not â theyâre not â in Jungkookâs shoes. They will never be.
So many things could go wrong if he ever were to listen to his heart. Sure, heâs had the chance over the past four years â most would say that. But itâs not a chance when youâve spent half of it moving on from Eunwoo. Itâs not a chance when you spent the other half trying to go on dates and fail â each one making you more miserable about your love life, as you told him so many nights ago in those rare special moments in the balcony of your apartment.
Those four years you were single was never a chance â not when you never showed any bit of interest.
Itâs the reality that his friends always somehow miss when encouraging him to confess his feelings.
Youâre friends for almost a decade now â eight years to be exact â but not once did you ever hint at wanting to be in a relationship with him. Your reaction to that always involved a disgusted expression and a variation of âNo way!â. Might be a joke just to tease him â but also might be rooted in something genuine deep down.
Jungkook likes to think that physically, he doesnât look so bad. Heâs nice when he wants to be, especially towards people he cares about. Heâs a resident surgeon who makes enough. Could be funny, charming⊠whatever.
Most of all, he likes to think he could deserve you one of these days. That he could be the man that youâre searching for.
But itâs been eight years and youâve never once looked at him like how he surely does at you.
God knows how many times Jungkook has tried to move on â how many sleepless nights he has trying to erase the feeling of so much longing for you. Sometimes, it works, when heâs on his casual dates and hook-up with all those women that thankfully fancied him enough. He momentarily forgets about your laugh and your hair and the crinkles on the sides of your eyes when you smile and your soft hands and your gentle voice â but it cracks when the sex is done and heâs staring at the blank ceiling of his dateâs apartment, hating himself for yet again seeing your picture in his memory when heâs buried in somebody else, wishing it was you instead.
It hurts so badly. Especially when you seem to look at everybody else except him. You wanted to weed out someone for you â meanwhile, heâs just right under your nose, and yet you donât see him. Itâs at this point, when you have Mingyu as your boyfriend now, that Jungkook is starting to realize that you donât see him not because you canât, but because you choose not to.
Regardless, he knows you love him. Knows you care about him on a deeper level. Would probably sacrifice a bit of your time to tend to him if he needs it. But itâs the kind of love thatâs not comparable to the one he has for you. Jungkookâs feelings encompass every single kind of love a human could have for another being â but you only have one kind for him. The platonic kind.
And even though itâs painful to face the reality of that very idea, Jungkook thinks that maybe⊠just maybe⊠Mingyuâs actually it.
Mingyu wasnât exactly a saint the last time Jungkook saw him, but people change and the way you seem so genuinely happy these days tells Jungkook that maybe Mingyuâs another version of himself now â the better one who will never hurt you or make you cry.
Maybe this is what loveâs all about. Youâre content with seeing them happy, even if itâs not with you.
Jungkook thinks that as he steals a glance at you looking at your phone â most probably playing that landlord game on your phone youâve been obsessed with the past few weeks â and youâre so beautiful like this. Even when youâre probably running on limited hours of sleep just like him.
Your hair is put up in that tulip hairclip you have a lot of, stray hairs framing some parts of your face. But he sees your features just fine â notes the way they are structured so perfectly it truly awes him that men and women didnât beg for your attention whenever you went out in public.
Because he would. He did. He does. He always teases you for the purpose of your reaction⊠because Jungkook likes it when you pay attention to him. So much that it kills him to think that maybe, that attention will die soon as you and Mingyu get closer as another week passes by.
The timer that goes off on your phone snaps Jungkook out of his thoughts, and you look at him with widened eyes.
âDonât stââ
âItâs my turn now,â Jungkook cuts you off and gently places your legs on the mattress, bringing his own on the soft surface as well.
You jut your bottom lip out â and Jungkook feels himself wanting to give in.
âFive minutes is so quick.â You say, but nonetheless takes his shin to your lap.
Jungkook tries hard to sway the butterflies in his stomach at your touch.
âFavor for a favor, remember?â He teases, lifting one of his foot to your direction.
You pretend to gag. âI hate you.â
Jungkook laughs, quite boisterously. Because he knows you donât mean it. I hate you basically just means I love you but youâre annoying me right now in your own little dictionary â and he always gets giddy whenever you tell him that â as weird as it may sound.
But Jungkook likes this, though.
Sure, it would be so fucking great if he could just confess and lay out his cards all at once, but the chances of you not taking it well is too big â and even though Jungkookâs usually a risk taker, he couldnât ever risk you all over his dead body.
He can keep his hurt to himself over you feeling anything but romantic towards him â because if he confesses and you donât feel the same way, he knows damn well that heâll lose you completely.
And the thought makes him shudder.
That probably catches your sight, so you ask him about it.
Jungkook tells you itâs the AC.
[ DAY 1 | August 31st, 11:04am ]
The beating sun feels uncomfortable on Jungkookâs skin, but thereâs no way heâs wasting a day like this holed up in the villa he and his friends chipped in to rent. It costed you all a shit ton of money â might as well enjoy every waking day he gets to spend here.
Itâs why he decides to goad Taehyung and Nayeon into coming with him along the shore where sun loungers are lined up to accommodate the few visitors who were also at the resort. He tried to convince Doyeon, but she goes straight to sleep as soon as the rooms were assigned.
He gets it â you all did travel by plane instead of car (because that would've taken you twelve hours) and Doyeon gets airsick whenever she rides in a plane. Jungkook also tried to talk you into it, but you said you were just going to lounge about by the pool at the villa and follow after a while.
Your âafter awhileâ takes about thirty minutes, and Jungkook thinks youâre missing all the fun, especially when Nayeon and Taehyung are starting to strip off their clothes to submerge themselves in the ocean.
With his loaded watergun, he goes straight back to the villa, and it doesnât take much time to spot you by the terrace, lying down on a sun lounger with your big hat and sunglasses on, a book opened in your hands.
Unsuspecting, you let out a sudden squeal when Jungkook presses the trigger of the toy in his grip, a spring of water meeting your bare legs. Jungkook obviously tries hard to ignore that youâre wearing a flimsy pair of white bikinis. He saw you pack it two days ago⊠and he remembers taking too long to move on from the image heâs conjured up in his head upon seeing it.
âJungkook!â
He chuckles at your reaction, poorly hiding the watergun behind him. âWhat?â
âIâll kill you.â You seethe, your body coming forward to sit upright, hastily taking your sunnies off so he can see the cute glare on your face.
âWhat are you going to do? I have this,â He points to his weapon. âAre you challenging me into a hand-to-hand combat?â Jungkook teases, wiggling his eyebrow.
You groan. Then, you lay back on the lounger again, opening your book, deciding to ignore him.
Jungkook canât have that, of course. So, he walks closer to your direction, stopping beside you, effectively blocking the sun and in turn, dimming the light source of your book.
âYouâre blocking my sun.â You say, looking up at him.
âYouâll get all the sun you want if you haul your ass off to the shore. Come on, weâre all swimming in there,â he tries to convince you, nudging your thigh with his knee.
You give him a pout. You sound whiny when you say, âBut itâs too hot.â
âThatâs why weâll get in the water.â
âDonât be sassy.â You roll your eyes. âI meant the water would be way too hot.â
âItâs not, Nayeon said so.â
You glance at the pool across from you. âWhy canât we all just swim in here?â
Jungkook deadpans. âBecause this is a five-foot pool and absolutely no one will enjoy it.â
You frown at him, quietly telling Jungkook heâs right.
âUgh,â you groan. âBut Iâll have to reapply SPF firstâŠâ You grab the bottle of lotion thatâs just placed on the small table on the side of the lounger. Then you look at him with squinted eyes, âDid you wear sunscreen?â
Jungkook rolls his eyes but nonetheless says yes, knowing how you always nag him about it whenever you guys are at the beach. Itâs not even just him. Itâs also with your other friends.
He watches as you rub lotion over your body, but when you get to the back, you look up at him and extend the bottle towards his way.
âCan you help me with this, please?â You say.
Jungkook automatically takes the bottle but it takes him a full five seconds to understand what youâre getting at.
Youâre asking him to put sunscreen on your back. Youâre very naked back that sports nothing but the tiny strings of your bikini holding your chest.
Of course, you donât notice his dilemma. Twisting in your seat so that your back faces him, you gather your hair to the side, obviously waiting for him to do your request.
But Jungkookâs distracted behind your back. Heâs distracted at how smooth it looks under the scorching sun and how easy it would be to paint it with something other than the natural color of your skin.
Itâs not even the first time heâll do this â youâve been to trips before and putting on sunscreen over your friend is about as natural as it gets like how he would do it as well to Taehyung or even Doyeon or Nayeon if they ask to.
But it doesnât mean it doesnât affect him one bit when it comes to you.
Needless to say, his mind is pre-occupied as he sits down behind you where you left some space for him to sit, squirting the lotion into the palms of his hands, gingerly spreading it over your back once he got it.
âBe sure to cover everything,â you say, obviously not aware about Jungkookâs mental crisis behind your back.
He thinks itâs worth the crisis over though, as youâre so soft under his touch. Jungkook kneads the span of your back, squeezes your waist lightly to even out the cream, and makes sure to put it over your shoulders as well. When his hands fall, he hesitates.
âShould I â uhââ
âYeah, just go under the strings.â You tell him before he can even finish.
Thereâs a lump in his throat that he swallows before he goes under the strings of your bikini top, his heart doing funny somersaults against his ribcage as he spreads the lotion over your skin. It guilts him to no end that his mind thinks about how heâs just inches away from your breasts.
He retreats his hand right away. âDone.â
You turn back to him. âThanks. You want me to do yours?â
âSure.â
Jungkook sits on the edge of the lounger and lets his back turn to you. He hears the cap of the lotion bottle being opened again and soon your hands are lathering the cream over the expanse of his back.
Itâs embarrassing the way he lets himself savor the seconds of your every touch. Embarrassing the way his mind zeroes in on the way your soft hands caress the tendons of his back muscles. He thinks about the weight, how good this feels; your hands on him. Suddenly, thereâs a zap of electricity that goes through his spine, and then he feels it.
The twitch in his dick and the blood that he feels rushing to it.
âOkay, youâre done.â You say, tapping his back twice so he can turn to you.
It snaps him out of his thoughts, but his dick is thinking about something else and as he subtly looks down, thereâs already a growing semi on the crotch of his trunk shorts.
Jungkook curses himself internally, shutting his eyes close in slight frustration.
Fucking uncooperative dick.
He stands up from the chair when you nudge his back with your foot, thinking that heâd see you coming along in a few seconds. But you donât, and as he turns his heel to look at you, youâre back in your cozy lying position on the lounger, with your book opened, just like how he saw you when he came in a while ago.
Jungkook parts his lips in disbelief, but also finding the whole thing funny.
âYou minx.â He muses, playfully squinting his eyes at you upon realizing the trick you just pulled.
âEnjoy the beach, Jungkook. Send my regards to Taehyung and Nayeon.â You say, giving him a taunting flying kiss. âAnd thank you for reapplying my sunscreen.â
Jungkook chuckles at your remark, and just like that, he forgets about his stubborn dick, and goes over back to you, blocking your sun once again.
âYouâre blocking my sun againâ Jungkook!â
Itâs predictable the way you hurl a series of creative curses at him as Jungkook forcefully picks you up from the chair, knocking your hat and your book on the ground as he hoists you against his shoulder, carrying you upside down like a sack of potatoes.
âJungkook, I swear to god!â You squeal, repeatedly slapping his back as he walks to the direction of the shore, but Jungkookâs nothing but a solid muscle, firm over his hold on the back of your legs.
âBe quiet.â He says, chuckling at your sounds of opposition.
âI hate you, youâre such a prick, ugh!â
He picks up his walking pace and you scream again when you see the ocean water from your view.
Jungkook chuckles as you continue to plant your fists on his back, and when the water reaches his knees, he throws you in it.
âFuck. You!â You say, glaring at Jungkook in the middle of his uncontrollable laughter.
âCome on, Taehyung and Nayeon are over there,â he points to the deeper part of the ocean a few feet from where you are, and when you turn your head, you see Taehyung and Nayeon with their floaties.
âUghâŠâ Jungkook hears you groan before you follow behind him. When Jungkook looks back, he sees you paddling around the water like some puppy, and he snickers to himself. That earns him a splash on his way, with you rolling your eyes at him.
âJungkook! __!â Yells Nayeon over their direction, waving her hand around. Taehyung and her are perched on the big floatie they fought over with at the villa earlier.
âJungkook,â calls you behind him.
Youâre starting to cross the deeper part of the ocean and itâs within Jungkookâs chest now. Meanwhile, your friends are still about a few feet away, so the level would definitely be on his neck by the time. Youâre considerably tall, but Jungkookâs still half a head taller than you, so when he looks back at you, the waterâs already reached your shoulders.
âThis is way too deep!â You complain.
âDonât be a pussy, __!â Comments Taehyung from afar.
âFuck off,â you murmur and then beckons Jungkook to you. âHelp me a bit here.â
Jungkook shakes his head, chuckling as he moves a few steps back to get to your direction.
âYou big baby, you never learned how to swim, have you?â He teases, playfully clicking his tongue.
âWhat for?â You say when he gets near.
Jungkook feels pleased with himself about you asking for his help to cross the deeper part of the ocean, but heâs met with surprise when you heavily plant your palms on his shoulders, causing him to be out of balance and tripping over his feet under the water.
It causes a misstep and he nearly chokes as he comes back up for air again only to see you laughing your ass off. Nayeon and Taehyung are also laughing along, even from afar, and Jungkook wipes the back of his hand over his eyes to see clearly.
âThatâs for throwing me in the water earlier,â you say in between your snickers and Jungkookâs just about to say something back when you suddenly wrap your hands around his neck from the back, your legs locking around his waist. âCarry me to the floatie, pretty please,â you say against his cheek in a sing-song voice.
With that, Jungkook feels your whole entire body against his back, your breasts pressing against his skin. He ignores the way the physical contact makes his body tingle, and he hopes you donât notice his blush when he raises his arms to hold the back of your legs.
âOnly because youâre annoying.â He pretends to sound annoyed, but the laugh that comes out of you at the remark makes him smile anyway.
[ DAY 1 | August 31st, 11:35pm ]
Your daytime activities at the beach included jetskiing â one that knocked Taehyung off the water way too many times that he just gave up halfway through it. When Doyeon woke up a little later in the afternoon, all of you decided to get food from the dining hall and ate your hearts out at the buffet.
The day ended with all of you back in your assigned rooms again. Since you rented a two-bedroom villa, Jungkookâs rooming with Taehyung in the secondary bedroom while Nayeon, Doyeon, and you are all inside the primary one since itâs bigger.
Itâs past thirty minutes to eleven in the night when somebody knocks on Jungkookâs shared bedroom with Taehyung. When Jungkook looks at him from across the room, heâs knocked out on the sofa, soft snores coming out from his mouth. Him and Jungkook decided to take turns with the bed itself throughout the whole vacation. Thereâs an extra cushion Taehyung couldâve laid on the floor, but he was way too tired to set it up and to even care â looks like he doesnât really need it, though, since he looks so peaceful in his position.
Grumbling, Jungkook gets out from the sheets, scratching his bare chest and rubbing the back of his head as he walks over to the door to open it.
When he does, heâs welcomed by the sight of you in your big grey hoodie and some shorts.
âWear something.â You say as soon as you take in his appearance.
Jungkookâs habit of going to sleep with only his boxers knows no bounds. Even when itâs below 20 degrees Celsius outside, he always opts out of his pajamas, choosing to go bare in his sheets instead. In his defense for now, the duvet is thick and it provided him with enough protection against the cold of the AC and the summer night.
âWhat are you doing here?â He says as he trudges back inside the room to wear a pair of sweatpants hanging from the chair.
âRude.â You comment, following him in the room. You look at Taehyungâs passed out state in the couch. âHeâs going to wake up in the evening tomorrow and miss your birthday.â
That makes Jungkook smirk, remembering Taehyungâs high energy in the morning.
âNo consequences. Itâs vacation week.â Jungkook raises his eyebrows. âSeriously, what brought you here? Itâs almost midnight.â
You sit on the edge of the bed. Thatâs when Jungkook notices the black plastic youâre carrying in your hand. âItâs not that late. Letâs head out for a bit.â
He raises a brow, confused. âWhere to?â
âYouâre going to find out. Wear a jacket, itâs a bit cold outside.â You say as you stand up from the bed again, heading for the door.
Jungkookâs confusion just grows with passing seconds. Nonetheless, he canât say heâs not intrigued.
Unsure, he goes for his small luggage and takes out the only hoodie he packed. Itâs grey as well, matching the one you have on. Jungkook tries to shake that thought off his head as you both quietly head out of the room.
Itâs late into the night and when you head out of the villa, thereâs not many people hanging along the shore anymore.
âFollow me,â you tell him, and Jungkook does.
It may have been his drowsiness that kept him quiet throughout the whole walk â just quietly following along with you, your rented villa no longer in his line of sight. Jungkook couldnât exactly pinpoint where you currently are, but this side of the beach is a bit rocky, and much, much colder. He feels it even through the thick material of his hoodie.
âWeâre here.â You announce, a proud lilt to your voice. Jungkook bumps with your back when you suddenly stop on your tracks. It prompts a chuckle from you, turning back to him so Jungkook sees the crinkles on the sides of your eyes as you do so.
It makes his lips curl. âWhatâs this?â He curiously asks, looking around.
Your grin grows wider. âWeâre gonna take those stairs and itâs gonna lead us to some pretty view.â Jungkook looks to the direction you pointed at, seeing the stairs you just referred to. Still unsure, he glances back at you. You laugh. âYou remember when Doyeon and I went out for a walk earlier for a bit? We found this place.â
Jungkook nods. âI see. Thought for a second there you found a place to dispose my body at.â
You snort as you take Jungkookâs wrist to hold on to as you climb to the stairs.
âI wonât do it as such a public place.â
âSo, you really are thinking about it in the first place.â Jungkook nods his head, guiding your back up the jagged stairs. You manage to get to the smoother surface and Jungkookâs quick to follow you towards the straight path of the narrow walkway.
âItâs my favorite past time, really.â You look back at him cheekily, a playful grin painting your lips. Jungkook scoffs.
The hallway is colonnaded with some flags, and thereâs an edge where the concrete stops, the ocean water splashing against the big rocks beneath the broken bridge.
You set aside the black plastic youâve been carrying around and Jungkook realizes theyâre Smirnoffs. Sitting on the concrete, you let your feet hang on the edge.
âHey, be careful,â Jungkook comments as he sees you do that. This part of the ocean isnât necessarily far â where you were earlier when you were swimming was far deeper, but still, it could be dangerous if you make a mistake. Jungkook wonders what the designers of the beach thought about when they made this plan.
âCome on, donât be fussy. Sit here with me.â You say, patting the space beside you.
Jungkook follows, of course, and you scoot to the side a little to give him more room.
âItâs nice, right,â You look at him, cocking your head to the side.
Jungkook feels the breeze of cool wind passing, and itâs a bit strong that it moves his fringes and yours as well. You put your hair up as usual in that big metal clip you always wear, but some strands of your hair escape and they frame your face.
With your big hoodie on and smile, Jungkook thinks you look extra cozy. He may have been hot and bothered by your bikini ensemble earlier, but now heâs bothered for another reason. He canât stop thinking about cuddling you under the night sky full of stars at the very moment.
âFeels good.â Jungkook comments. He plants his palms on the hard surface of the concrete behind him, leaning back as he looks to your side. âYou wanted to drink here?â
âOh, yeah,â You say, twisting your body a little to pick up the plastic cellophane. You take out two bottles of Smirnoffs and offer one to him which he gladly takes. Taking a bottle opener out, youâre about to open your drinks when Jungkook offers to do it for the both of you. You donât protest, just let him do his thing, smiling when he hands you your Smirnoff.
âThis is really nice.â Jungkook sighs after he takes the first sip, looking straight ahead to the mountainous view in front of you.
You hum, seemingly enjoying the moment as well. Jungkook takes a quick glance at your side profile and then quickly looks back ahead when he feels you do the same.
âWhyâd you bring me here?â He asks.
âNothing. I couldnât sleep, and I thought I could bring you here. So.â You shrug.
Jungkook nods.
âIâm turning thirty-one tomorrow. Or, in an hour, actually.â He says, automatically looking at his wrist but then realizing he took off his watch and left it at the bedside table. He didnât take his phone with him either.
âI know. Youâre so old now.â You tell him with a teasing tone in your words.
âFuck off,â he snorts. âIâm only a year older than you.â
âHmm⊠still old. Imagine, you turn fifty, I would still be forty-nine.â
Jungkook laughs at that.
âWhatever makes you sleep at night, babe.â He lets the pet name slip, and he did not mean to. It just rolled off his tongue for some reason. Quite easily, too.
You donât seem to care â or even notice â as you chuckle.
Thereâs a comfortable silence that hangs in the air again when Jungkook decides to break it.
âHey, I really appreciate you for coming along. You and the gang, really. This is a really good trip so far.â
You give him a smile as you look at him. Itâs one of those pretty ones that are a bit small but thereâs a certain shine to your eyes and Jungkook just really loves looking at you with a smile on your face. Youâre so pretty, he thinks heâs so lucky to even get the chance to look at you.
âYou know we all need this trip, right? I think itâs all our first time vacationing in two years.â
He nods, chuckling to himself. Itâs true. The last time was the Thailand trip and it felt like eons ago. Being a resident surgeon means less free time for leisure â and so you always make sure to spend your days off wisely. Even this trip took a lot of pre-planning to be possible just so all of your schedules would match.
âItâs crazy, thoughâŠâ you say suddenly.
Jungkook cocks a brow at you. âWhatâs crazy?â
âThat weâve known each other for like â what? Eight years?â
Eight years and four months to be exact. Jungkookâs not keeping count â he just will never forget the exact moment he met you for the very first time.
Itâs truly one of his core memories â knowing you. He remembers having to pass by the law library to meet Jimin â one of his closest friends who was studying law at the same grad school as him at the time. They were planning to eat out for lunch, but then he saw a woman at the individual study areas with a reading material thatâs familiar with his. Netterâs Atlas of Human Anatomy. You wore that maroon hairclip you loved so much during first year (Jungkook remembers you losing it in the second semester and how he bought you another one in your birthday), and when you looked up from your book for awhile, taking a break from taking notes on your iPad, that was when Jungkook saw your face and he nearly falls over back then.
Itâs common knowledge among your mutual friends and acquaintances that youâre pretty. Itâs the first thing that Jungkook noticed about you, the reason why he harbored an instant crush. That pretty much turned into⊠well â something deeper as the years passed by and he got to know you more than just your beautiful physical appearance.
He found it strange at the time to find somebody who was obviously a med student studying at the law library, but he soon found out it was because you didnât like studying at the med lib, said you felt too much pressure being among your fellow med students. Jungkook understood that in a spiritual level, and so when you became friends, you studied a lot at the law lib, until you met Doyeon and she formed a study group. It wasnât long before Taehyung joined the equation.
Looking back at it, Jungkook thinks itâs surreal. How knowing you led to him knowing more people that would soon be important in his life up until the age of thirty-one.
âAlmost a decade.â He says, canât help but smile at the thought.
âRight? It feels so surreal sometimes that we all knew each other at, like, twenty-three and twenty two. And now weâre in our thirties.â
âWhen you put it like thatâŠâ Jungkook trails off, laughing at how young you actually were eight years ago.
âYeah, I know!â You giggle. You look ahead, then you laugh again to yourself. Jungkook looks at you in confusion, giving you a questioning look at your sudden burst of laughter. Looking at him, you shake your head, âThis is a bit of a TMI, but I was twenty-two when I entered med school, so I just lost my virginity three years ago. You know whatâs funny? Iâve always thought I would lose my virginity, at like, thirty. Or twenty-seven. But that was even way too early for me.â
Jungkook almost splutters at the way you casually bring it up. He takes the bottle of Smirnoff away from him and looks at you with a chuckle. âLosing your virginity at nineteen is common.â
âWell, did you? Lose yours at nineteen?â You arch a brow.
âNope.â Jungkook shakes his head, tipping his head back to drink again.
âYounger?â You ask again.
Jungkook chuckles at your curiosity. Much to your surprise, he shakes his head again. âNah. Junior year. I just turned twenty-one. Lost it with my first girlfriend.â
Your lips part and Jungkook meets your shocked stare, brow cocked upwards.
âYouâre fucking with me.â
âWhat? No, Iâm not.â He laughs. He gets your surprise, though. Taehyung couldnât believe it either when it came up in a random conversation.
You still look incredulous as you say, âYou mean, like you never dated until junior year of undergrad?â
Jungkook shakes his head once again. âYes, and noâŠ? I mean, I had a⊠sort of girlfriend? Back in highschool, yeah, but it was more of like a mutual crush thing rather than an official relationship. But yeah, never dated and never had sex âtil I found my first girlfriend in third year.â
You look at him suspiciously still, and Jungkook canât help but laugh even more at your reaction.
âI really donât believe you.â
âWhatâs so surprising about that?â Jungkook knows the answer, though. He sleeps around, and you know that. Itâs probably why you canât believe heâs only started having sex until third year of college.
Youâre quiet for a bit.
âSo⊠you and that girlfriend broke up, and thenâŠâ you trail off, letting him finish the pieces.
Jungkook chuckles, recalling some memories that he thought were already hidden well at the back of his head.
Jiyeon. Her name was Park Jiyeon, his first girlfriend. He was the one who ended things â and not because he didnât have feelings for her. It was the other way around.
âYeah,â Jungkook fills in. âDidnât date seriously after that.â
âUh⊠was it a bad break-up?â You say, and thereâs hesitance in your voice. When Jungkook looks at you, you open your mouth to take your question back, probably, but Jungkook just gives you a warm smile.
âYeah. It was bad. But I donât really think about it now.â
You nod. âI see.â You say, looking ahead at the ocean again. âYou dated⊠quite seriously again in our last year of med school, though.â
âSora?â
âYeah.â
Jungkook nods, remembering the only one-year relationship he had. Min Sora was a fashion magazine director at the time. Jungkook liked her as she did, but they had too many differences that lead to too many arguments. Sora ended things before the relationship dragged out. Jungkook was grateful for it. Theyâre casual as of now⊠good friends, maybe?
âI always wondered why she broke up with you.â You say quietly.
Jungkook doesnât expect that. âYou wondered about that?â
âYeah. I mean, you seemed like you were both really into each other, so I just thought⊠you know,â you shrug.
âAh. That,â Jungkook looks afar, recalling the day when she ended things with him. It had been because of the stress that the last year of med school brought â he likes to think that. But it was also during the time when Eunwoo proposed to you and what he thought was feelings forgotten for you came back resurfacing and Sora just⊠figured him out. She told him he loved you, and sheâs got no spare time to compete with that. Denying it at the time was futile â Sora was smart. A wise, independent woman. She ended the relationship herself before she got deeply hurt. Jungkook has always felt sorry about how things turned out. No, he doesnât regret the break-up â just regrets the way he hurt her â unintentionally â even though she didnât show it. âJust didnât work out, I guess.â
You nod again.
Silence sits in the air.
It feels a little strange to talk about these things now. Itâs not that you both never share these aspects about your lives to each other, but itâs the first time you ask him about Sora. He never really bothered to share, though, for the record.
From his periphery, he sees you taking your phone out from your pocket, then gasping.
Jungkook immediately looks at you to see whatâs wrong. You show him your phone and he notes nothing of significance first before you say, âItâs 12:01 am. Itâs September first!â
âOh.â
âHappy birthday, Kook.â You say, smiling at him, and itâs an underestimation for Jungkook to say he nearly gets blinded by it. You look so gorgeous in your happy smile, so genuine, so warm, so cozy in your big grey hoodie.
Jungkook wants so bad to plant his lips on yours right then and there, but he reminds himself that he canât do that. He reminds himself that youâre taken. That you like somebody else. The somebody else arriving tomorrow, as per your words earlier this day when he asked about Mingyu.
Still, it doesnât stop Jungkook from mirroring your smile.
âThank you.â
âAnd, before I forget,â you stuff your hands in the pocket of your hoodie and Jungkook watches as you take out a small rectangular box. As he pays you a glance, youâre a little bit shy, not looking straight into his eyes as you say, âUh. I saw this somewhere, and I thought youâd like it.â
You extend your hand to him and Jungkook lets go of his beer to take the velvety green box from you.
He feels jittery as he takes it in, caresses the ribbon first before opening it altogether.
Whatâs inside surprises him.
âIt didnât cost much so donât throw it away,â you say, uncharacteristically defensive. Jungkook canât see your expression, but he bets your thoughts are going haywire as it takes him awhile to say anything about your gift. You always get nervous when it comes to gifts. â... and anyway, itâs not even my real gift. My real gift is a hairdryer, so Iâm sure youâre gonna like that better. But itâs cute, right? You can hang it in your keyholder or somethingââ
â__,â Jungkook cuts you off, his eyes still on the keyring laying on the box. âYouâre giving this to me?â
âY-yeah. Itâs⊠uh⊠cute, right? I thought it was cute.â You say, and when Jungkook looks at you, he sees the adorable way your brows furrow.
He chuckles, looking at the keyring again. Itâs a silver Claddagh.
âDo you know what this means?â Jungkook asks.
âThe what?â
Jungkook points to the Claddagh. âThis symbol.â
You look away as you say, âNo, not really. I just thought itâs a cool keychain. You told me you like keychains, but I donât ever see you with a keychain. So.â
With your nostrils flaring a little, he knows youâre lying. You definitely know what the Claddagh symbol means.
But instead of goading you about it, Jungkook takes the keyring out of the box and hangs it over his finger, admiring the item.
âThank you. This is really cute, and I love it.â Jungkook tells you, giving you a soft smile.
You stare at him and then cave into a smile of your own. âIâm glad you do.â
Jungkook looks at the Claddagh again and smiles heartily.
His heart aches with so much yearning and longing when you go back to the villa that night, spending about three minutes staring at the Claddagh you gifted him that he immediately hangs in his key holder. Jungkook thinks heâs going to transfer it to his work bag or the back of his rearview mirror, but his keyholder would do for now.
You love him alright, certainly not the way he does, but itâs enough for him.
[ DAY 2 | September 1st, 11:55pm ]
It was not a secret among Nayeon, Doyeon, and Taehyung that Jungkookâs mood considerably plummeted down as soon as Mingyu called you early in the morning that heâd be landing in the afternoon.
Afternoon came, and he tried to suck it up like a grown man â and because as far as you know, theyâre both friends. And Mingyuâs your boyfriend. He should be nothing but supportive.
But it was especially hard when you gushed about being excited that he was finally here. Itâs been four months since you started seeing each other, two months since you officially dated, but somehow, Jungkook still could not process it.
He knows heâs being unfair. To you and to himself. But he couldnât help it. He couldnât help the feeling of ugly bitterness that sat in his heart as you told him about how Mingyu rented another villa so you both could room together, effectively taking you away from the rest of your friends.
Of course, you all spent his birthday together â doing tons of water activities in the ocean, eating at the dining hall, and roaming around for some more leisure time, but Jungkook could not help but think that ever since Mingyuâs arrived, youâve been sticking with him, even taking the time away from the gang to show your boyfriend around the resort.
Even at the villaâs porch where all of you took out your foldable chairs to drink outside, you were with Mingyu, perched on his lap, laughing at the jokes getting thrown around in the circle.
He tried not to look too much at how Mingyu comfortably wrapped one arm around your waist while the other held a drink, how you leaned into his touch, and how easily he blended with the group with his charm.
âWhereâd you get the ice cream?â Doyeon asked as Taehyung sat down on his chair with a small bowl of the sweet treat.
âFridge. Nayeon and I bought it earlier.â
âThereâs ice cream?â Mingyu asked, in which Taehyung nodded to. He turned to you. âDo you want it?â
Jungkookâs brows furrowed in confusion. â__âs lactose intolerant.â He noticed everybody suddenly looking at him. Feeling cornered, he drank from his beer to avoid their gazes.
Mingyu, obviously surprised by the declaration, glanced back at you. âBaby, you didnât tell me that?â
You winced. âItâs not really a big deal.â you waved him off and when you laugh.
âYeah, sheâs stubborn about it. She can inhale five cones in one sitting.â Taehyung said which made everybody laugh. Jungkook knew it was to lighten the mood. So, he laughed as well, even though from his periphery, he could see you giving him daggers through your eyes.
Jungkook doesnât know why you had to pretend it wasnât a big deal. Sure, Taehyungâs right about you not taking your lactose intolerance seriously sometimes, but youâve also gotten into a lot of trouble because of it, hence why youâve been making conscious efforts to not eat dairy.
The whole day leaves a sour impression on him with Mingyu around. Quite a shame, really, since he started his birthday so well with you taking him to the far-end of the beach to drink and give him a Claddagh.
When the night becomes much darker, Jungkook sits on the terrace near the pool all by himself. Everybodyâs fast asleep at this point. He doesnât know about you, though, âcause youâve probably transferred all your stuff to the other villa Mingyu rented around.
âHey,â
Jungkook looks at the embodied voice that suddenly calls. He sees itâs Doyeon.
âHey,â Jungkook smiles, taking the other bottle of beer on the coffee table and offering it to her.
She waves his hand. âNah, Iâve had enough for the whole day.â Doyeon situates herself on the folding chair next to Jungkook.
Jungkook nods, looking straight ahead to the pool. They sit in comfortable silence for a while until Doyeon speaks.
âHey, Iâm sorry for the last week,â
Jungkook glances at her with a small smile. âWhat for?â
âFor calling you a pussy. And just⊠being harsh. Had a tough week and your emotional constipation just pissed me off more. Youâre still a pussy, but I shouldnât have rubbed it off your face.â She says.
Jungkook stares at her with parted lips.
âWow. I donât know if thatâs an actual apology.â
âItâs an apology with a hundred percent realness, you know I donât baby anybody.â
âHah,â Jungkook scoffs, amused. âYeah. Well, youâre right, though. Todayâs beenâŠâ
Doyeon sighs. âItâs hard on you, right?â
Jungkook can only give her a meaningful smile.
âBut you donât exactly have the right to get jealous⊠sheâs not your girlfriend and you two are not anything,â Doyeon says, and it tugs at Jungkookâs heartstrings. Meanwhile, she looks ahead and continues to speak. âItâs hard when you have all these feelings for someone, but you have to hide it. You just want to show everybody they mean so much to you, but you canât. It sucks.â
Jungkook thinks sheâs still talking about his situation with you but then as he glances at her, she seems to be deep in thought. As if sheâs actually speaking from her own experience.
Heâs intrigued by that, of course.
âWoah, are you still talking about me?â
That seems to get Doyeon out of her trance.
She rolls his eyes. âWho else would I be talking about?â
Jungkook opens his mouth to say something. You guys have always had the theory that Doyeon has a secret boyfriend. Itâs silly at best but sometimes, he thinks itâs true. Doyeon has never been the type to wear her heart on her sleeve, though. Sheâs tough and sheâs frank a lot of times. But sheâs the kind of friend whoâd call you a bitch in your face but then would go to all the lengths to defend you from everybody.
âOkay.â Jungkook nods, dropping the subject.
âHas she told you yet?â Doyeon asks suddenly.
âWhat?â He mirrors back, knowing exactly who the she Doyeonâs referring to.
âSheâs planning to move in with him some of these days.â
âIâŠâ Jungkook stops, his mouth opening and closing like a fish in water. To say that heâs stunned is an understatement. Obviously, you havenât told him anything.
âYou donât know.â Doyeon says upon realization.
Jungkook shakes his head. âShe didnât tell me.â
Doyeon lets out a loud sigh. âItâs not really set in stone, though, thatâs what she said. But theyâre discussing it.â
âAh.â Jungkook nods and looks ahead at the pool. Another beat of silence, a sip of beer, and then he scoffs. âI really shouldâve confessed even way back then, huh?â He laughs but thereâs no humor in it.
Doyeon stares at him. âI didnât tell you about that so you can regret not telling your feelings for her earlier.â
âI didnâtââ
âI told you that so you can move on, Jungkook.â
Jungkook closes his mouth shut.
She looks away. âYou remember the time I liked you in med school?â
âDoyeonâŠâ Jungkookâs lips part, not at all expecting for her to bring that up. Itâs been so long ago and ever since⊠Doyeonâs confession, they never really talked about it again.
âOh my god, look at your face,â She laughs. âGod, do you think I still like you? I moved on the day after you rejected me.â
âI didnât reject you.â Jungkook defensively says.
She rolls her eyes. âI asked you if you were interested and you didnât say anything. You just looked at me like this,â Doyeon stiffens her body and widens her eyes in a comical rendition of Jungkookâs famous OJO face.
Jungkook canât help but scoff. âThat was the strangest confession that happened to me, though. You told me you liked me in the straightest face ever, I still think it was a cruel prank of some sort.â
Doyeon bursts into laughter, and Jungkook follows along, recalling that time.
âYeah⊠that was funny. But⊠it was real, not a prank at all. I donât remember why I liked you, though.â
Jungkook looks at her incredulously. âOkay, but thatâs actually the most hurtful thing youâve ever said to me.â
âDonât take it personally,â Doyeon rolls her eyes, but thereâs a smile on her lips still. âAnyway, I brought it up because that was the same day when I realized you like __. I mean, I had my suspicions, but I confirmed it around the time.â
Jungkook shakes his head. âWas really surprised when you told me that. I thought I hid it pretty well.â
âYeah, but not to me. You know, I donât even know how __ didnât figure it out herself. Youâd always follow her around and in our study sessions, you always stayed up late with her and was overly attentive. Whenever Taehyung asked you too much, you sort of like reached a point where you just told him to suck it up. But if it was __, you were so patient,â Doyeon giggles. âShe had a really hard time with Biochem. I remember you tutoring her all the time.â
âThat wasâŠâ Jungkook bows his head down, a bit embarrassed at being read like that. âShe cried a lot during first year.â
Doyeon purses her lips. âYeahâŠâ
Both stare ahead again, with nothing to say for a few more seconds. Jungkook continues to sip his bear while Doyeon quietly sits.
âI have this biased notion about Mingyu,â Doyeon speaks up. Jungkook looks at her she continues, âI keep on telling myself, heâs probably gonna fuck up anytime soon â and thatâs because deep inside, I still want you and __ together. You know Iâve always wanted you both to be together. Itâs hard to see __ struggling with her love life. She almost failed the internship when Eunwoo broke up with her, and I donât want her to go through that again as her friend. Itâs hard, because I canât do anything about it. I think of you, and how much you love her, and I think youâre good for her⊠but at the same time, I feel bad for thinking that. Because I can see that Mingyu makes her happy. Itâs different with the other guys she dated before him. Sheâs truly happy with him, and I find it hard to think that Mingyuâs gonna break her heart. He seems⊠nice⊠and that heâd be good for her, you know what I mean?â
Jungkookâs quiet, processing her words.
Doyeon sighs before she speaks again. âBut that hurts you in the process, doesnât it? Seeing her happy but not with you. Youâre both my friends and Iâm in the position where itâs hard for me to situate myself in a certain place. Because I want __ to be happy, but I also want you to be happy â but your happiness is interconnected and itâs⊠tricky. Itâs a tricky situation.â
Jungkook doesnât realize that heâs gripping the neck of the bottle quite tightly at Doyeonâs words, but he listens.
âI donât normally say things like this, Jungkook, but Iâm your friend so Iâm just gonna let this go,â Doyeon finally looks at him, and he meets her gaze. âIt hurts me to see you hurting like this. It hurts Taehyung and Nayeon as well, but they wonât say it. Just⊠just be⊠just be okay, please?â
Jungkook exhales a sharp, shaky breath.
He knows what Doyeon meant by that. Sheâs asking him to⊠find happiness on his own. Happiness that doesnât lie on __âs reciprocity because with the way things are going, thatâs impossible. Sheâs planning to move in with Mingyu, and most of all, she seems genuinely happy.
âI⊠I know. Thank you.â Jungkook says, not really knowing what to say.
Doyeon chuckles. âDo you want a hug?â
He looks at her with a smile. âI could use one right now, yeah.â
Doyeon laughs before standing up and going over to where Jungkook sits on his own sun chair. When she steps in front of him, Jungkook wraps his arms around her waist and lets himself rest the side of his head on her stomach, closing his eyes when Doyeon pats the crown of his head.
âBelated happy birthday, Jungkook.â
Jungkook chuckles. âThanks. Youâre unusually mushy today.â
Doyeon pinches his ear slightly which earns her a groan.
The two stay like that for a few more seconds when suddenly, Jungkook hears a familiar voice.
âOh, h-hey guys,â
Jungkook immediately looks ahead to see you standing from the other side of the terrace, looking at him and Doyeon. At that, Doyeon lets go of him, twisting her body to look in your direction. Jungkook retreats his arms back to his side and smiles to acknowledge you.
âI thought you were sleeping already.â He says.
âYeah, what brought you here?â Doyeon asks.
You approach them with unusually slow steps, as if reluctant. âLeft my wallet here. Just realized it a while ago,â you say. After that, you stop on your tracks. Your gaze falls between them with an unsure smile on your face. âYou two drinking?â
âNah, Jungkook is.â Doyeon says, pointing to the bottle of Smirnoffs on the small table beside Jungkookâs chair. Then, she looks under her own. âWhereâd you leave your wallet?â
âOver my chair earlier.â You give her a smile again. But somehow, it looks a bit awkward. A little forced. Jungkook knows you well enough to identify your smiles.
And as he looks at you longer, he realizes you have a certain color on your face, but itâs one of those expressions he canât read.
âWell,â you blurt out after a beat of silence. Looking around, you go over to where you were sitting earlier then duck. âI think I left it hereâŠâ you trail off. Jungkookâs just about to stand up to help as well when you suddenly pull up a brown leather, grinning at both of them. âYay.â
Jungkook chuckles. âThat wouldâve been the third wallet youâll lose this year.â
You mirror his laughter, and Doyeon joins in.
Thereâs another pause and then hesitantly, you ask, âDid I⊠uh⊠disturb something? OrâŠâ
âWhat?â Doyeon asks with furrowed brows. âNo,â
âAh, okay,â you smile at her and then insert your wallet in your shorts. âAnyway, Iâm heading back to Mingyu. The villa he rented is just at the back of ours, so⊠feel free to visit anytime or whatever.â
âSure.â Jungkook says. He didnât mean it to sound clipped and short but he must have unintentionally let the tone slip, as you and Doyeon immediately give him a look. He clears his throat. âI mean, of course. Tomorrow?â
You nod.
You look at him. And then, you point between him and Nayeon. âAre you two staying up here late?â
âNah, Iâm heading to bed actually.â Doyeon says, picking up her phone from the sun lounger.
âYeah, me too.â Jungkook puts the beer to the coffee table and stands up.
You nod. âOkay, then. Well, good night to you two.â
âAlright, good night. Iâll head out first.â Doyeon says before disappearing into the sliding door that leads straight to the villaâs living room.
You soon turn your heels back to head out as well, but Jungkook calls after you. Turning around, you hum, acknowledging him. âHm?â
âGood night, stinky.â
You deadpan. âNight, fucker.â
Jungkook laughs, watching your retreating back as you leave.
[ DAY 4 | September 3rd , 3:05 am ]
Jungkook likes to work out when he has a lot in his mind. But sometimes, he opts for jogging or walking around to clear his head.
With the turn of events since Mingyuâs arrival and Doyeon informing him about your plans on furthering your relationship with Mingyu, he finds himself along by the shore at three am with high hopes to clear his mind. It doesnât give the solution, but it temporarily does the job.
Inserting his hands in the pockets of his hoodie, he looks ahead at the view of the ocean, trying so hard to shut his head down with overbearing thoughts of you. Itâs no use, though, itâs always filled with thoughts of you and you alone.
Jungkook thinks about the time in med school when he thought he was completely over you. It had been after you made it official with Eunwoo two months into seeing him. He thought it would be a âbigger personâ thing to do, moving on, that is, after you announced that you got a boyfriend â but then later on, when he slept with other women or had his casual dates, you suddenly popped up in his head randomly, and his heart suddenly ached when Eunwoo would drop by the university to fetch you. He felt ugly bitterness when you smiled too much whenever Eunwoo was brought up in the conversation. He found himself wishing it was him instead â the guy you thought of buying shirts for, the guy you randomly thought of when you saw something at the mall or the park, or the guy you called when you needed anything.
It was that spring break in second year when he realized that he loved you, after trying hard to brush his feelings off for you as a mere infatuation because you were gorgeous and smart.
He finds himself thinking about the time when he almost let out his heart when you had a fall-out with Eunwoo during your third year. Thinks about how pathetic he was for thinking that he finally had the chance. It had been when you called him at midnight, crying onto the phone as you asked him if he wasnât busy. Jungkook had been studying for a Clinical Skill Assessment at that time, but heâd have been a fool to make you feel lonely when you already seemed like you were not fine. So, he had set aside his studying that night and went right over to your place. You told him about how Eunwoo was going cold, how Eunwoo was getting too close to the senior architect at his firm which youâd been having huge arguments about during those days â Jungkook remembered feeling broken at the sight of you crying, could feel himself building up hatred for the guy who was fucking up his chance with the woman he did not deserve. He thought about how he would never do that to you, thought about how he could be better for you â the envy bubbling inside his heart too big to ignore.
Jungkook remembered thinking how he would never fuck up any chances with you, and how Eunwoo was a fucking idiot for even making you feel that way.
That night, he almost kissed you. And the day after that, you avoided him like the plague.
Doyeon told him he was just as much of a big fucking idiot as Eunwoo for doing that. And Jungkook remembered regretting that night, and swearing off to never, ever make a move on you ever again because your avoidance of him made him feel like the biggest fucking piece of shit to ever exist on Earth.
He remembers you didnât talk to him for about a month. And he remembers fearing that that was finally it. Â
Of course, you made up â youâre still in his life. You let him still be in your life even though he betrayed your trust. The trust that lies on the fact that he was your best friend. Someone who was not supposed to take advantage of your vulnerability, someone who did not suddenly try to kiss you when you were at your worst.
It was a memory you two werenât fond of. Heck, youâve never ever brought it up not even once since it happened. When you finally talked to him again after that, you did not let him apologize for what he did â just shut him down by saying that you two should just forget about it and never mention it again. You made it clear that you did not want to talk about it â not at all, not in a million years.
Again, Jungkook has had a million attempts to move on. Especially when you got back together with Eunwoo. He did temporarily, when Sora came into the picture. He genuinely did like her, even more than his first girlfriend in college, and he thought he could eventually love her the same way he does you, but Eunwoo suddenly proposed⊠and his defense came crumbling down. The fear of losing you once again was too overwhelming that he ruined the relationship with Sora because admittedly, he had always been pathetic like that.
Even now that youâre with Mingyu, heâs still pathetic. He still thinks that one day, you can finally look at him. Like, really look at him and feel anything but friendly towards him. Itâs extremely pathetic that he keeps on telling himself that your friendship will be enough, but then deep down, itâs not.
Jungkook shuts his eyes close when he feels the cool breeze of the wind hitting his skin under the hoodie. He lets himself stand there for a while, just trying to bask in the surroundings, ignoring the heavy feeling that sits in his heart.
But then he smells a sudden waft of smoke, and he knits his brows as he opens his eyes back again, turning to the direction of the smell.
When he turns back, he sees a familiar figure of a man.
âMingyu?â
Mingyu glances back at him with the same surprised look on his face, but it disappears just as quickly. Pinching the cigarette between his fingers, he blows smoke in the air and inserts one hand in his shorts.
âJeon.â
âStill Jeon to you, huh?â Jungkook sneers, walking over to where Mingyu is. âWhy are you here?â
Mingyu arches a brow. âI could ask you the same thing.â
âWoke up a few minutes ago and couldnât get back to sleep.â
Taking a hit of his cigarette again, Mingyu shakes his head. âThatâs tough.â
âSame with you?â Jungkook asks.
âNah. Had a discussion with my girlfriend. Just wanted to clear my head.â
Jungkook nods, not saying anything to that. Itâs weird that youâve been fighting a lot lately. He wonders if youâre okay.
Pulling out a pack of Marlboro and a lighter, Mingyu extends them to Jungkook.
He looks down at it and thinks about how this exact thing happened in college. Mingyu always had the pack of cigarettes and the link to the best weed man in college. He used to think they would be fond memories.
But Jungkook shakes his head, looking ahead.
âI quit years ago.â He says. And it is true. He wasnât much of a smoker and only did it occasionally when he was extremely stressed, but it took him awhile to stop the habit completely, only dropping the cigarettes during second year of med school. Jungkook would say it was due to his own concern about his health â but there was an incident in the same year where you caught him smoking at the uniâs park after a particularly taxing exam, and how you did not hesitate to tell him that you hated â absolutely abhorred â smokers. You said you didnât care if he smoked, but as a med student he shouldâve known better.
He never touched that shit again.
âChanging your ways now?â Mingyu says with a teasing â more like mocking â tone, inserting the pack and lighter back in his pants.
Jungkook shrugs at that, which earns him a scoff from Mingyu.
âDo you smoke around her?â Jungkook suddenly asks.
âWho?â
â__.â
A beat of silence. And then Mingyu laughs.
âNo. She doesnât know I smoke. She doesnât have to.â
Good. Jungkook thinks. Good that he doesnât smoke around her. But what did he mean by saying she doesnât need to know?
âShe doesnât like smokers, you know.â Jungkook tells him.
From his periphery, Jungkook sees Mingyu glancing at him. It takes a while for him to say something.
âYouâd know that, huh?â
The dip in his tone makes Jungkook meet his gaze. Suddenly, the smirk on Mingyuâs face is gone, and thereâs something behind his eyes that he canât quite put a finger on.
Jungkook tries to ignore that. âIâve known her for a long time. The others can also tell you that.â He says, referring to the rest of your friends on the trip.
âYou think I donât know?â
With furrowed brows and growing confusion, Jungkook stares at Mingyu.
âWhat?â
âThat you like my girlfriend.â Mingyu spits the words out like venom in his mouth, but itâs in a way that tells him itâs been sitting with him for far too long. Jungkookâs surprised at the declaration, feels himself being taken aback by the blunt way he said it as if heâs so sure.
But Jungkook doubles down, to Mingyuâs surprise.
âSo?â
That obviously wasnât the answer the other man wanted to hear. So, what? He can dish it, but he canât take it?
âYouâre goddamn pathetic, then.â Mingyu says after awhile, taking a hit on his cigarette again.
It itches the bubbling anger Jungkook has had for him for the past ten years.
âI like __, and Iâm not gonna deny that to you,â Jungkook faces him. âBut you donât have to worry about that, because unlike you, I have enough self-respect to not sleep with my friendâs girlfriend.â
Itâs another response that Mingyu does not expect. Jungkook also did not mean to let that out. But his tongue glided with the words and he couldnât help it. Suddenly, memories of junior year in undergrad comes back flashing to him; Jiyeon and Mingyu, fucking in his goddamn bed, his girlfriend cheating on him with his best friend.
Jungkookâs already moved on from that. Jiyeon was not a loss, even though she was his first girlfriend â heck, first love even, but she cheated on him. And not just with anybody but his best friend at the time. The worst thing was that Mingyu was completely in on it, and Jungkook doesnât think he ever felt remorse about what happened back then. Mingyu gave him a half-assed apology the day he walked in on them, even had the gall to âexplainâ Jiyeonâs side, that apparently, she just wasnât âfeeling itâ with Jungkook anymore, and that Mingyu and her had been hitting it off. Jungkook realized it was why Mingyu suddenly came over way too often over at his apartment.
Itâs exactly why he never bothered to meet with Mingyu after graduation. Why he was not enthusiastic meeting him at the engagement party.
But that happened so many years ago that he thought Mingyuâs changed. He didnât want to burst your bubble and tell you what happened between them back then because heâd be the one to ruin the happiness youâve wished for all these years.
âI see youâre still hung up on that.â Mingyu says after a while. He throws the cigarette away and steps on it with his heel.
Jungkookâs jaw ticks in what he feels is growing rage. âIâve moved on. Iâm just letting you know that even though I like __, Iâm never doing what you did back then.â
âYouâre such good guy, then?â
âIf not cheating makes me a good guy, then maybe I am.â Jungkook shrugs.
âJiyeon was a bitch. She was never gonna be good for you.â Mingyu suddenly says.
It makes Jungkook seethe. âAnd so you fucked her?â
âShe liked me better than you. Women always liked me more, thatâs why I was going through them while your goody-two shoes virgin prude ass was daydreaming about dating to marry. You remember that, right?â Mingyu looks at him with a mocking stare. âAnd Jiyeon was smoking hot. She offered, I just delivered. Said you couldnât make her cum properly. We could have shared her, you know?â
âFuck you.â Jungkook spits out. He feels enraged and pissed and disgusted all at the same time.
âAre you getting mad?â Mingyu levels him with an infuriating smirk. âYou always got a stick up in your ass, Jeon. Kyungmi told me youâre just a regular playboy these days, said it was the effect of your first girlfriend cheating on you. Right now, though, is that just a front to hide your feelings from my girlfriend? A pathetic boy best friend just wanting to be noticed by his hot girl best friend? You play that role so well. Telling me sheâs lactose intolerant, she doesnât like smokers⊠you want to fuck her so bad itâs laughable because you know you canât.â
âDonât⊠fucking talk about her like that.â Jungkook growls, and he feels blood rushing through his veins.
Mingyu shakes his head. âYou know what I thought when I first met her? I was completely interested right away, but when you showed upâŠâ He chuckles in the way that makes Jungkookâs skin prickle. âIt just made me want her more.â
âYouâre fucked in the head.â
âThis fucked in the head guy got the girl you want wanting to commit to him. I donât know if she told you, but weâre moving in together.â
Jungkook pokes his tongue to his cheek. âYou think I wonât tell her about this?â
âYou think sheâs gonna believe you?â Mingyu fires back. Jungkook closes his mouth, doesnât really know if heâs confident enough to say yes. That earns him an arrogant smirk from Mingyu. âThatâs right, she wonât. I have no doubt sheâs gonna choose me over you. Jiyeon has had before. And if youâre gonna fight the same battle again this time, youâll lose.â
Jungkook regulates his breathing hearing his words. Heâs starting to not see clearly, his fist clenching on his side and he knows better than to resort to violence, but Mingyuâs testing his patience.
Heâs completely wrong for thinking that he isnât the same asshole he was back in college. Heâs completely wrong for not telling you about him sooner. Heâs completely wrong about everything.
Glancing at his hand, Mingyu looks him in the eyes, leaning forward. âYou wanna hit me just like how you did back then? You almost fucking killed me when you gave me that head injury that kicked me out of the fucking team.â
The head injury. That fucking head injury. Jungkook was so mad when he found out that he just saw pure red. It wasnât his best moment â he knows. He lost control and just⊠went for it. He still regrets doing it â not punching Mingyu â but for losing it when he couldâve shown him that heâd always be the bigger person between them both.
Heâs quiet and Mingyu takes that as a win. Scoffing, Mingyu says, âI couldâve reported you to the admin and you couldâve been expelled, and if that happened, you couldnât have gone to med. You are where you are right now because of me, so donât fucking show that animosity towards me because you fucking owe me one.â
Jungkook canât help but laugh. But he does so humorlessly. âYou really think that?â He stares at the other guy. âYouâre just as delusional as you were back then, Gyu. You think everybody liked you â but that was just because you were a touch-deprived loser who would fuck anything that breathed near him, and I wasnât. I only entertained women I liked. You thought you were smarter, but I was always the one who got the better and higher grades, even though you studied way harder. Is that why you went with law? So you wonât have to compete with me in the med field? I also know you were pissed as fuck when the captain title was passed on to me instead of you,â Jungkook leans closer as well. âYouâve always thought of yourself so highly, but deep down, you were just an insecure little boy trying to compete with another guy that didnât even see you as competition because you were that irrelevant.â
Mingyu, in his own fir of rage, grabs Jungkookâs collar, but Jungkook stays in his place, face stoic as Mingyu snarls, âYou keep running your mouth while you cry yourself to sleep because those donât mean anything when Iâm the one fucking the love of your life,â Jungkook visibly recoils to that, and when Mingyu notices, he smirks, adding, âYeah, yeah, you wanna know how __ is in bed? Because youâll never see her sopping wet when you give her cock. That angelic face of hers⊠youâll never know sheâs a slut the way that filthy mouth asks me to fuck her harder because I am that gooââ
He wasnât able to finish his sentence when Jungkookâs heavy fist suddenly lands on his cheek.
That effectively gets Mingyu to let go of Jungkookâs collar as he loses his balance and steps backwards limply, thumbing the side of his mouth only to see blood.
Whisking away his fist, Jungkook looks at Mingyu with fire in his eyes and venom in his voice when he says, âDonât you ever fucking dare talk about her like that, you fucking piece of shit.â
The moon hangs low in the sky, casting a silvery white glow over the beach, but the comforting sound of waves and the calm of the surrounding is a contrast to the rising tension between Jungkook and Mingyu.
When Mingyu doesnât say anything, Jungkook turns on his heel, ready to leave, but suddenly, he feels the back of his shirt getting pulled and being met with a fist right on his cheek, close to his nose. He barely dodges the hit, taken aback by the unexpected attack.
âFuck you.â Mingyu grits, eyes blazing.
With that, the fight intensifies, with Jungkook throwing a quick jab back. Mingyu retaliates with as much fury, the two of them grappling, their bodies colliding with violent force. Soon, the sound of their grunts and the occasional crash of a punch against flesh is drowned out by the crashing waves.
And then a familiar voice calls their names.
âJungkook! Mingyu!â
âOh my god!â
Jungkookâs suddenly being taken away by somebody by his arms, and he realizes itâs Taehyung when he speaks up again once he and Mingyu are off each other.
âWhat the fuck are you two doing?â Taehyung asks incredulously, rightfully shocked at what heâs seen. Jungkook forces his way out of Taehyungâs hold in frustration, wiping the side of his mouth. Mingyuâs on the other side a few inches away being hesitantly held down by Nayeon, who looks at all of them with deep worry in her eyes. Turning to her, Taehyung says, âCall Doyeon and __. Theyâre sleeping in the same room together at the villa.â
âYou donât need to do that,â Jungkook says, glaring at Taehyung.
He looks at him angrily. âYouâre fistfighting with somebody at fuck oïżœïżœïżœclock in the morning. Weâre going to get run off by the police, be thankful we saw you.â
âI-Iâll call Doyeon and __.â Nayeon stutters, reluctantly pulling away from Mingyu and going to the direction of the villas.
When she leaves, Taehyung looks between the two beaten up men, not believing their busted faces. Rubbing his own with his hands in frustration, he looks back at them again, saying, âWhat the fuck happened to you guys? Why were you fighting?â
âItâs none of your business.â Mingyu says.
Taehyung glances at him with irritation. âNone of my business? Fuck off, Kim Mingyu. You joined in on this trip. Everything that happens here is quite literally each otherâs business.â
âTae.â
âI canât believe you guys,â Taehyung shakes his head, ignoring Jungkook. âFighting like goddamn immature teenagers⊠are you not embarrassed?â
Looking away, Jungkook decides to sit on the sand and let Taehyungâs words go from one ear to another. His energy is waning and the rage he had a while ago is just simmering down to⊠nothing. He feels absolutely empty.
âJungkook?â He doesnât realize the steps that were coming towards them were you and Doyeon. Itâs obvious that youâve both been sleeping, still in your pajamas as you rush towards their direction. He looks at you when you call his name, but then suddenly, you turn to Mingyu. âMingâ what happened?â
Jungkook feels his heart break when you come towards Mingyuâs direction first. He knows why you did. Heâs your boyfriend, of course you are going to tend to him first.
Suddenly, he remembers what Mingyu said. About you choosing him over Jungkook.
Jungkook didnât doubt that, but it doesnât mean it doesnât hurt a little to see it fully realized.
âJungkookâ Jesus Christ,â Doyeon comes over to him and quickly checks his head. With knitted brows, she casts him a look.
âIâm fine.â
Sheâs about to say something, but then she closes her mouth and then glances at you.
Sighing, she turns to everyone and announces, âLook, letâs just get them back to the villa. Treat their wounds before they get infected.â
âRight.â Taehyung says and then comes over to Jungkook to help Doyeon guide him in walking. He relents first because he doesnât need their assistance, but Taehyung looks at him and he knows heâs pissed. So, he lets them.
As he tries to subtly look over to where you were, you have your arm around Mingyuâs waist while Nayeon helps guide him as well.
It takes a tedious few minutes to get back to the villa where Doyeon and Taehyung decide to take care of him in his room while Nayeon and you tend to Mingyu back in your room.
Doyeon nor Taehyung doesnât say anything the whole time. Just let the silence fall in the room as they clean his wounds and put bandages around the cuts on his face and treat his busted lip.
He knows theyâll talk to him in the next few hours. Itâs inevitable. But at least theyâre sparing him for tonight â or today, since itâs almost four am.
Jungkook regrets not seeing the sunrise.
[ READ BELOW ]
this chapter is not over yet! tumblr has a 1k paragraph/block limit in a single post and so i can't put the whole thing in this. please look thru the reblogs to read the last scene and the continuation of this chapter or click on this [ link ]
#jungkook angst#jungkook fluff#jungkook smut#bts smut#jungkook x reader#mingyu x reader#bts imagines#bts scenarios
1K notes
·
View notes
Note
âż for hubert and/or edelgard !
pre-established relationship meme |@parfumeuses edelgard.
FRIENDSHIP.   childhood friends / work buddies or coworkers  / family friends / friends with benefits / smoking buddies / adventure buddies / fake friends / recently friends / party buddies / friendship of need / dying friendship / circumstantial friendship / partners in crime / old friendship / [your muse] is the good influence / [your muse] is the bad influence / [my muse] is the good influence / [my muse] is the bad influence / opposites attract / ride or die / frenemies  / roommates or flatmates / penpals / exes to friends / enemies to friends  / other
ROMANCE.   childhood sweethearts / [your muse is mines] childhood crush / [my muse is yours] childhood crush / exes / exes to lovers / forbidden lovers / highschool sweethearts / secret relationship / opposites attract / long distance / unrequited [from your muses side] / unrequited [from my muses side] / unrequited [from both sides] / skinny love / friends to lovers / enemies to lovers / spurious relationship / power couple  / newly entered / soulmates [ metaphorical ] / soulmates [ literal ] / awkward / turning toxic / toxic love / cheating [on your muse] / cheating [with your muse] / otherÂ
FAMILIAL.   siblings [half] / siblings [step] / [my muse] is an older sibling figure to your younger sibling figure  / [my muse] is a younger sibling figure to your older sibling figure muse / [my muse] is a parental figure to yours / [my muse] is a child figure to your muse / guardian figure / legal guardian / adoptive child / foster child / [your muse] is taken under mines wing / [my muse] is taken under yours wing / other
ANTAGONISTIC.   dangerous to each other / dangerous to others / unpredictable / rivals / petty / developing into sexual or romantic tension / based off family matters / based of off circumstance / based of professional matters / based off misunderstanding or lies / conflict of ideology / betrayal / hero - villain dynamic / enemies / fight club / friends turned enemies / lovers turned enemies / exes turned enemies / otherÂ
#answered#parfumeuses#â i. org. ⧠ïčask memes.ïč#[ thank you for sending this!!!#your oc seems really cute. <3 ]
1 note
·
View note
Text
Itâs not over
Pairing: possessive! Ex-boyfriend! Jungkook x fem!reader
released: 15.03.24
Summary: Seems like the story with your ex was not over yet.
Warnings: smut, makeout, humping, fingering, dirty talk, little degradation, public sex, sex in the restroom, somebody hearing you two, he calls oc a bitch,
Wc: 2,200+
Note: this is my first time writing smut, let me know if I could do anything better. I wanna improve myself. Also the character âsehunâ is not supposed to represent anybody. Heâs just an imaginary character.ïżŒ I left the ending open cause I donât know how to end it đïżŒ not proofread!!
Masterlist
ââââââââââââââââââââââââââ
âThank you.â You smile at the boy, sehun, as he pulls out the chair for you.
Youâre on a date with him. Heâs your work friend whoâs had a crush on you for a looongg time.
When he got to know you broke up with your ex- boyfriendâJungkookâ he could finally ask you out but you rejected him because you werenât ready to be in a new relationship yet. After a few monthsâ 3 exactlyâ you decided to give in and have one date with sehun.
Heâs not really your type but youâre giving it a chance because, why not? Jungkook wasnât your type either and you two dated for two and a half year.
Jungkook knows what he wants, heâs bold, can be a asshole sometimes, is a pervert, only thinks with his dick⊠and the list goes on.
But on the other hand he is very sweet, caring, funny and cute!
But dating him wasâŠ. different.
He is really possessive and gets jealous easily which results in you two having angry sex.
But you still loved himâŠâŠ until he got too much and you decided you two are better off alone.
Jungkook was heartbroken and tried getting back with you but you stood your ground. He would buy you gifts and flowers. Come to your work at lunchtime and try to take you out. You remember one time it was raining like crazy and he was outside of your house on his knees, begging you to take him back, and promised to be better.
You were stubborn and didnât give in because you knew he wouldnât change.
A month ago he stopped all of this and finally left you alone. Youâre not going to lie you do miss him but itâs better this way.
âSo, what do you want to order?â Sehun sweetly smiles at you and holds your hand which is on the table.
You smile back and hope he doesnât notice youâre uncomfortable with him touching you like that, âThe steak sounds good. I think Iâll order that.â
âI heard the steak here is the best!â He smiles, you smile back. He has a cute smile!
After he placed both orders, he tried to start a conversation with you as you were not trying to bother to start one.
It hurt him because he knows youâre not like that. You talk a lot but he just assumed you were in a bad mood.
âIâm sorry, I just feel weird.â You apologize noticing his uneasy state.
âWhy? Whatâs wrong?â Heâs so sweet, you feel bad for behaving like that.
âItâs nothing, just a weird feeling.â He nods, not questioning you further.
After the drinks arrived, you gulped down the water and almost spit it all out.
Jungkook was here.
He was smirking when you looked at him with shock and fear in your eyes. He was sitting a few tables away from you.
He head skinny jeans on, hugging his thick thighs. He is wearing his usual combat boots, a black shirt with a leather jacket. He is wearing many jewelryâs like rings, chains, bracelets and not to forget his piercings. Silver hoops adorn his ear on both sides, his hair is parted in the middle and donât hide his eyebrow piercing. Looking down you notice two lip rings. Oh god.
His smirks widens at you checking him out like that. He still has that effect on you.
âI-I need to use the bathroom.â You cut him off and leave, not waiting for a response.
You enter the bathroom and enter a stall.
âShit! What do I do!? Why is he here?? Ugh!â You groan in frustration.
After a month of leaving you and giving you hope heâs leaving you alone, he comes back?!
The bathroom door gets opened and from under the stall you seeâŠ. black combat bootsâŠ.. he whistles noticing the restroom is completely empty, except you hiding somewhere.
He whistles louder and opens the first stall door. Empty. He slams it back shut and opens the next one. Empty. He slams it back shut and opens the next one. Empty again. He slams it shut. He keeps going until he is in front of the stall in which you are in.
He whistles even louder.
âOh, baby.â He laughs. âOpen the door. Wanna talk to you.â
âNo, are you crazy? You canât just come into the ladies room like that!â
âCalm down, nobodyâs here⊠except us, so open the door while Iâm asking nicely.â
You take a deep breath and open the door, âLook, you have to go, weâre over.â You try to make him understand.
âYou decided that! You didnât give me any chance to prove myself! You just told me that right of the bat and left without hearing me out first!â
He takes a step closer, standing in the doorway now.
âYou just gave up on our relationshipâ our loveâ like that! You didnât give us a chance. You didnât give me a chance to prove myself, Iâve changed!â
He takes another step.
âWhy donât we give us another chance?â He now speaks in a softer voice, trying to convince you. âI will forget about that little boy waiting outside, yeah baby?â
âIf you choose to come with me now, all is forgotten baby. Iâll treat you dinner after that we go to my place and Iâll fuck the daylights out of you, yeah?â
You roll your eyes at him. âYouâre only thinking with your dick right now, Jungkook!â You push him back. âI have had enough! I donât want to be with you! Why canât you understand!?â You yell at him.
He clicks his tongue, âi have had enough too, you know? Youâre acting like a bitch right now, you know that? Iâm trying to save our relationship and youâre acting like some stupid bitch.â He takes a step closer and closes the stall door with his foot.
He pulls you closer by your waist. âWhy canât you understand? Itâs simple, I want you, you want me.â
âItâs not that simple. You act like a possessive controlling freak. And Iâve had enough of it.â
âI donât want to be with yoââ
He slams you against the wall and smashes his lips against yours, kissing the life out of you. You try pushing him but heâs too strong.
âWhat do you even see in him, huh?â Jungkook mumbles against your lips, âbet he canât even satisfy you,â he chuckles darkly, âcanât even protect you, like I do.â He kisses you again, âcanât make you laugh like I do.â
Your lips and his lips are swollen from all the kissing, he smirks at the sight, âyou look so pretty,â he smiles, âyou even dressed upâŠ. for him.â His smile drops.
âItâs a date, did you expect me to come in sweatpants and a torn shirt?â You state the obvious, in a duh tone.
âNo, I expected you to not come to this date at all. Weâre not finished, how can you start dating after 4 months? Did the two and a half years mean nothing to you?â You can tell heâs hurt by your actions.
You feelâŠâŠguilty?
You do love him, but it was getting too much for you.
âI changed. I really did, baby. Give me a chance and Iâll prove myself to you.â He sounds sincere.
He closes the space between you two and gently kisses you, holding your head in his large hands. This time you kiss back, lost in the pleasure.
He moves his head down and starts sucking on your neck. Soon his gentle sucking turns into harsh biting, you moan at the feeling. He makes sure to mark your whole neck, so everyone knows who you belong to. Especially sehun.
âFuck,â Jungkook mutters, âyou smell so good.â Jungkook come back up and pecks your lips before telling you to jump which you do. You wrap your legs around his waist and give him a squeeze, âwant you.â You whine, Jungkook clicks his tongue, âoh? Now you want me?â
âYou wanted me to beg, baby? Is that it?â
Your core is right above his hard cock. You start humping and moan in delight, âfeels good, baby?â He chuckles into your ear.
He presses his hand firmly on your clothed pussy, âI can already feel you drippinâ for me.â
He slaps your count making you wince. He torns your panties, you gasp, âthey were expensive!â
âDonât worry Iâll buy you hundreds of them.â He mumbles before leaning in to kiss you. In the kiss he slaps your bare pussy causing you to gasp and grip his shoulders tighter, your arousal is on his hand.
He uses the opportunity to slide his tongue in your mouth and explore it. He sucks on your tongue and moans.
He circles your hole and abruptly pushes a finger in. He knows you like being fingered while he is wearing rings, sometimes it hurts but that adds to the pleasure. The mix of pain and pleasure is just too good.
You hide your face in his neck, âs- so good!â You moan, âyeah? You like that?â He says in a husky voice.
âYou like it hard, donât you? You filthy slut.â You whine at his words, getting more turned on. He sinks another finger in.
His wrist flicks up, fingers going in and out of you at a fast pace, âwant more,â you bite his neck to quieten your moans, âmore?â He asks you, you nod, âplease.â You beg.
Jungkook likes being in control and having you beg for him, turns him on and boosts his ego.
âPlease, what baby? What do you want?â
âWant you in me,â he leaves little kisses on the side of your face, âYeah? want my cock in you?â He whispers in your ear.
You nod, your mouth parting from the pleasure. Jungkook chuckles at your state.
Just as youâre about to come, he pulls away, âI was about to,â you donât finish your sentence as you whine. Jungkook lazily smiles, âIâm gonna give you something better.â
You unwrap your legs around him and stand on your own legs. He pushes his pants down along with his underwear after unzipping his pants. You drool at the sight of his hard, thick, veiny cock.
You drop to your knees, ready to suck him off. But Jungkook stops you, âAs much as I would like to have my cock in your mouth, I donât have the patience to wait anymore.â
He pulls you up by your shoulder and slams his cock into you, he swallows your moans and screams by kissing you. He doesnât move, letting you adjust to his size.
âFuck, baby! Youâre so tight.â
He starts moving slow, letting you feel all of him. âFaster,â you plead.
He starts going faster and smacks your asscheek before groping it and giving it a good squeeze.
Meanwhile, sehun is sitting at the table wondering why youâre taking so long. He decides to look for you, âmaybe she needs help? or something happened!?â He gasps, standing up and making his way to the restroom.
âShould I go in? No, I canât.â He talks with himself.
Meanwhile youâre having one of the best fucks ever, Jungkook grips your chin and leans forward, pressing a kiss to your lips.
âDid she leave? No, no, her purse is still here.â Sehun talks with himself, earning glances from people but he doesnât care, âis she taking a poop? That long?â
âJungkook im sorry,â you apologize and he starts laughing, he throws his head back, ânow youâre sorry? Once you get this cock your brain starts thinking? Arenât you a pathetic little slut?â
You whine loud at his words. You know he doesnât intend to hurt you with his words.
âWill you come back to me now?â
Tears start rolling down your tears, you nod. He smirks, âall it took was a fuck?â He laughs at you, mocking you.
âY/n?â A gentle knock is heard.
You widen your eyes and jungkook doesnât stop thrusting into you. He slowed down his pace tho.
âY/n , are you in there? Are you okay? Did something happen?â Jungkook rolls his eyes at him and you shoot him a glare, before youâre able to speak Jungkook starts thrusting into you fast, skin clapping sounds resonating of the walls.
You moan loudly and sehun widens his eyes and quickly leaves. Not just the door but the restaurant.
He saw Jungkook earlier but thought itâs coincidence that your ex boyfriend is also here. But seeing him follow you after you went to the restroom was weird. He had a feeling something was fishy and he was right. Guess your story with your ex boyfriend didnât end yet.
âThatâs right, baby. Let him know who you belong to.â You moan louder, âgood girl.â He praises you.
âJust like that. Good.â He grunts.
Youâre too lost in all the pleasure, forgetting your âdateâ.
ââââââââââââââââââââââââââ
Do NOT copy or translate
Thanks for reading đ
Masterlist Next door
1K notes
·
View notes
Text
Chasing Cars | ch 2 (jjk)
âsummary: when your brother goes to study on a semester abroad, your life collides with his best friend Jeon Jungkook, who's coincidentally your roommate. Will you survive the collision, or will you crumble into dust?
âpairings: brother's best friend!Jungkook x younger sister!female reader, Hoseok x female!reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter contains mature content)
âgenre: forbidden love?au, college!au, slice of life!au, smut, angst (as usual a lot of it), fluff
âwarnings: mentions of The Incident, Jungkook is a menace. curses, mentions of a character getting cheated on, alcohol, mentions of ghosting, explicit content: sex toy (vibrator), they do it in a public space (an empty lab), degradation, sir, thigh grinding, dom!Hobi, he's a bit of a dick, pussy slapping, breast/nipple play, jerking off, praise, fingering, ass slapping, protected sex, anal fingering, mentions of mouth fucking, masturbation (female and male), OC has some dirty little fantasies about her older brother's best friend, squirting, she overhears Jungkook watching porn
âword count: 10.2k
âa/n: new week new chapter!! enjoy reading everyone <3 thank you to @moonleeai and @jessikahathaway for beta-ing, you guys are the best <3
âseries masterpost
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
If I lay here If I just lay here Would you lie with me and just forget the world?
Chasing Cars, Snow Patrol
âââââ
Sunday, January 20thÂ
You wake up with a start, heart beating out of your chest. It takes you a moment to collect yourself until you realize that you were actually woken up by a sound. It takes you a moment longer before you understand that the sound is Jungkook cursing.
You frown, glancing towards his wall in the hopes that heâll shut up, and itâs almost like he hears you: he dwindles into silence after a few seconds, and youâre stuck wondering why he was cursing like that in the first place. You donât think youâll have the answer anytime soon, so you lie back down â when did you even sit up?
You shut your eyes, though it seems sleep will evade you again. Indeed, your focus is zeroed in on the sounds coming from Jungkookâs room, probably of him getting ready for work. It also makes you realize that you really do need to go to the bathroom, so you decide to head there before actually going back to sleep.
You get out of the bathroom in time with Jungkook getting out of his room, and he stops in the doorway, eyes widening as he watches you across the living room. Youâre only wearing an oversized sweater, and you donât miss the way his gaze dips to your legs once before returning to your face.
Only then does he break into a smirk, leaning against the door as he folds his arms on his chest. âLong night?â he asks teasingly.
You know youâve flushed red when he chuckles darkly. âNot really, no,â you choke out.
âYouâre cute when you blush, peach,â he jokes, glancing towards your room. âHeâs still in there?â
You donât know if itâs because of the way your face falls, but Jungkookâs smirk dies down, concern moving on his features instead. You hate it, so you quickly say, âHe left last night, you didnât hear?â
His tongue plays with his piercing for a moment. âNot gonna lie, I put earbuds in the moment I started hearing you guys.â
Your blush deepens, and youâd facepalm if the gesture in and of itself wasnât so embarrassing. Instead, you look away from him, glancing at the front door as you replay Hoseok leaving in your mind. âSorry,â you apologize.
You donât even know what for. Your goal was to make Jungkook uncomfortable, so why do you feel like shit now that heâs talking to you about it?
âItâs fine,â he says, pushing up from the door frame as he walks towards the kitchen. âThough I didnât think you were like that, peach.â
You furrow your brows, and you canât help but follow him into the kitchen. âWhat do you mean?â
Heâs got his head in the fridge, and he straightens, holding a protein shake in his hands. He takes a sip of it, eyes finding yours, before wiping his mouth with the back of his hand as he kicks the fridge door shut.Â
âPaper-thin walls, remember?â
You purse your lips, cocking your head to the side. âThought you said you put earbuds on?â
His tongue pokes his cheek, and he looks away from you, chuckling in disbelief. When he remains silent, you spy his ear turning pink, and you hold in a smirk.
âI did,â he says. âA little too late.â
âAre you saying you listened to us?â you let out, gasping in fake outrage.
âPeach.â His doe eyes slide back to you, and they pierce right into your soul as your gazes connect. âI know youâve been listening to me. If you were just trying to make me jealous, you can say so.â
Your mouth falls open, and every word in the dictionary flies out the window as you just stare at him, embarrassment slowly creeping in. Very slowly, its fingers licking up your spine until theyâre clutching your heart.
âWhy would I want to make you jealous?â you ask, voice suddenly far less confident and a lot smaller.
He takes another sip. âYou tell me.â
You donât know what to tell him. All that you know is that you wish last night never happened, and you wish Jungkook would stop looking at you. He looks effortlessly good, even so early in the morning, and really, itâs unfair.
Unfair that youâre stuck living with him for months without Taehyung being here.
When he understands that youâre not going to say anything else, Jungkook shrugs, glancing at the time on his phone. He meets your startled gaze again, before saying, âI have to head to work.â He pauses, tongue playing with his piercing and then continues, âIf you donât want me having sex here, itâd be fair if you didnât have it either.â
You nod once, and when he walks towards you, you quickly step out of the way. It makes him laugh and he stops right in front of you, head tilted down. His hair isnât styled back this morning, and it falls in his eyes, hiding their innocence from you.
Because, for some reason, youâve always thought he has innocent eyes. You know better than to think his soul is innocent, though.
âUnless youâd like me to keep doing it?â he asks, voice low and husky. It makes your spine tingle, especially as he adds, âYou sure sounded like you liked it last time.â
So he was aware of the Incident. You flush furiously crimson, and you refuse to meet his gaze. But when one of his fingers touches your chin ever so lightly to make you tilt your head back, youâre too weak to resist.Â
âDonât be embarrassed, peach,â he purrs. âI was pretty turned on myself last night.â
Your lips part as your gaze meets his, and you donât miss the way his eyes dart to your mouth once.
âI wonât do it again,â you say, voice shaking a little.
It clearly isnât what Jungkook wanted you to say because he frowns, taking a step away from you. If heâs aware that heâs got your heart racing in your chest, he doesnât let it show.
âNoted,â he answers curtly, and he walks out of the kitchen without saying anything else.
You donât move, a trembling hand going over your chest as if itâll calm down the beats of your heart. Evidently, it doesnât do anything, and you listen to Jungkook as he puts a coat on, before going out the door.
You think you werenât breathing until the front door shuts behind him, and even then, youâre not sure youâre breathing at all. It takes everything in you to be able to walk back to your room, and you sit on your bed, eyes darting to your phone.
The screen is lit up, and you quickly grab it to see you received a couple of texts while you were sleeping, and another one just now. That last one is from Hoseok, and you immediately open the notification to see what he sent.
[9:02 am] Hobi: hey, sorry for last night. I feel like a dick for leaving like that.. any chance I can make it up to u today?
You purse your lips, right as relief washes through you. Because no matter how much you agree with the fact that you two shouldnât do feelings, his leaving so quickly made you feel used. Itâs also a good distraction from what just happened with Jungkook, which you reckon you need.
[9:04 am] You: no worries I get it. What do u wanna do
You turn off your phone, grabbing your clothes to take a quick shower. Mostly because you donât want to text him too quickly, but also because you havenât showered since before the party yesterday, and you usually always shower before going to bed.Â
You comb your hair when you get out of the shower, wrapping it in a clean towel before heading back to your room. Even then, you donât touch your phone, instead busying yourself with putting your dirty clothes away in a hamper. You plop down on your bed, thoughts going back to the conversation with Jungkook, and you feel a coil tightening at the bottom of your stomach.
Because youâre only now realizing that he was hitting on you. He was clearly hitting on you, in his own sick and twisted way. And the worst part is, just thinking about it makes you feel turned onâŠ
You canât wait for Taehyung to be back from his semester abroad.
Thursday, January 24th
Your biochemistry class is boring. Nabi is dozing off next to you, and you took a couple of pictures already that you shared in the group chat you now have.Â
Indeed, you ended up hanging out with Hoseok, Namjoon, Yoongi, Nabi and Ria on Sunday morning, getting brunch together, and for convenience Hoseok created a group chat.
Itâs been lively since then, with everyone sending their share of memes and funny pictures. Except Yoongi â Yoongi seems like heâs a ghost in the conversation, except for the laughing reacts that heâs put on some of the memes. The picture of Nabi quickly gains you a lot of laughing emojis, and Namjoon sends,
[11:24 am] Joonie: Yah she should pay attention if she wants good grades!
You laugh-react to Namjoonâs message but donât say anything, though you know that Nabi is going to have to talk about it for the next fifty days. You then try to focus on the class, watching the minutes go by on the clock by the door more than anything. Youâre struggling to stay awake, eyes heavy with sleep, but you manage to make it through the end of class without fully falling asleep. When the professor finally dismisses the class, you shake Nabi awake, laughing as you notice sheâs drooled on the desk.
âGosh,â you say, pointing at it. âWho were you dreaming of?â
Nabi blinks, a little confused, but her cheeks still turn red. âNo one.â
You gather your things as you get up, throwing her a no-bullshit look. She ignores you, shrugging her shoulders like the little angel that she is, and then you make your way to the cafeteria, Nabi in tow. You meet with Ria, whoâs finished her classes for the day â youâre unlucky, you still have another one in the afternoon. You sit together, chatting about everything and nothing, the conversation slowly inching towards Namjoon. Youâre not surprised, and you tune it out as you work on a lab report.
âHobi!â Ria yells happily, motioning at someone.
As much as you and Hoseok decided to be friends, you still feel a little awkward as he makes his way towards you, sitting next to Nabi across from you. âHow are you girls doing?â he asks, but his eyes linger on you.
âFantastic,â Nabi answers. âThough, not looking forward to the genetics class this afternoon.â
âCome on.â Hoseok laughs, shaking his head. âThatâs the easiest class of the first year.â
âStill boring,â Nabi counters. âI donât know how Iâll stay awake.â
âBitch,â you let out, chuckling. âYou were sleeping all morning.â
She shrugs her shoulders innocently, like she had in the class a moment ago. âDidnât sleep last night.â
Hoseok looks down at the table, a knowing look painting his features, and Ria narrows her gaze at Nabi.Â
âWhy?â she asks. âYou left the library before Y/n and I did.â
Nabi purses her lips, cheeks tinting pink. Hoseok still sports the knowing smirk, and you furrow your brows.
Did something happen between them?Â
âI just couldnât sleep,â Nabi answers carefully.
At that, Hoseok snorts, finally looking towards her. âI know someone else that couldnât sleep last night.â
Now, Nabi turns crimson.Â
âDid something happen between you guys?â you blurt.
Hoseok looks startled, and Nabi bursts out laughing. âWhat the fuck?â she says.
âNamjoon was speaking to someone on the phone all night.â
Hoseokâs input has your eyes widen, quite at the same time as Ria replies, âHis girlfriend, I presume?â
It is disapproving, and awkwardness fills the space between you all. Nabiâs eyes drop to the table, ashamed. âI mean⊠he was just helping with some homework.â
Ria scoffs. âSo thatâs what you do when Iâm not at the dorm?â
Indeed, Ria ended up coming over to your place, mostly because she didnât want you to walk home alone so late after your trip to the library. She slept in Taehyungâs bed and went home right when you woke up to shower and change before her class.
âIt was nothing!â Nabi insists. âJust talking.â
Ria rolls her eyes, before getting up and grabbing her stuff. âWhatever.â
She storms away, and you look at her disappearing form, gaze wide, before looking back at Nabi and Hoseok. Hoseok looks like he wishes to disappear through the floor, and Nabi is rubbing a hand on her forehead.
You know exactly what happened. Ria was cheated on in her last relationship, and needless to say, itâs fucked her up a little.
âJust talking?â you repeat.
Nabi meets your gaze, clearly looking for salvation. âI promise, nothing happened.â
Hoseok clears his throat, and both of you look towards him. âNamjoon and his girlfriend broke up last weekend.â
Nabi looks far more surprised than you, if thatâs possible. Clearly, Namjoon didnât tell her.
âThey did?â
Hoseok nods, sparing you a glance before he continues, âItâs been a long time coming. Theyâve been long distance for over a year, and⊠yeah.â
âOh,â Nabi voices. Her eyes drop to the table, where her half-eaten salad is still waiting for her. âI should find Ria and tell her.â
She nods once as if she needs to convince herself, and then she quickly puts her stuff away. It dawns on you that youâre soon going to be left alone with Hoseok, and you try to meet Nabiâs gaze, try to find an excuse as to why you should go with her. But you reckon she and Ria probably need to speak about it without you, for the sake of their friendship.
Nabi waves goodbye when sheâs done picking up her stuff, and then sheâs walking away, following in Riaâs previous footsteps until sheâs out of the cafeteria.
Thereâs a moment of awkward silence, and you focus on your laptop screen as if itâs going to help, but it offers no salvation. Especially not as Hoseok is looking at you over the screen, eyes going a little dark as his features turn somber.Â
You gulp before meeting his gaze. âWhatâs up?â
He wets his lips, glancing at the seats vacated by your friends. âSorry about that.â
âOh,â you let out. âItâs okay, itâs whatever.â
He nods once, and as your attention returns to your computer, he fishes a sandwich out of his tote bag. He starts eating, and you fear the heavy silence is going to make you crazy, especially as you can feel his eyes on you while you type away.
âEverything okay?â you ask, refusing to meet his gaze.
âWant to skip genetics?â he answers, voice lower than you expected it to be.
For a reason unknown, it has your insides turning white hot.Â
âI shouldnât.â
He chuckles, shrugging his shoulders. âSuit yourself.â
You entirely thought he was going to argue, so you canât help but furrow your brows as you meet his gaze. âWhat?â
He sits back, tilting his head to the side as he surveys you. As he remains silent, you feel yourself heating up even more. The danger in his eyes is enticing, and you reckon you probably have enough time before class to find a quiet place around campus.
âThe class is in forty-five minutes,â you innocently say.
Hoseok grins. âPlenty of time, donât you think?â
âI havenât eaten,â you admit, pursing your lips.
âIf you sit at the back of the class, no one will care if you eat.â
You know heâs right. And mostly, you know he doesnât even need to convince you. Youâve been hot and bothered since last Saturday, as youâve been too scared to use your vibrator again after you realized Jungkook heard you.
So when Hoseok admits heâs got the keys to one of the labs, you donât hesitate before putting your computer away, following him as he leads the way.
âIâve neverâŠâ you start, and then you laugh awkwardly.
By the time Hoseok says, âYouâve never what?â, youâre out of the cafeteria.
âNever done anything on campus.â
He winks at you. âGlad to know Iâll be the first.â
It makes you roll your eyes as a smile tugs at the corners of your lips, but you donât say anything as he guides you to the elevator. Another student is already waiting in front of it, and she grins at Hoseok as he stops next to her.
âHoba!â she lets out. âI thought you had the day off today.â
He loosely hugs her before replying. âYeah, had to come to hand an essay to Professor Evans.â
The girl glances at you. You barely recognize her, though youâre pretty sure youâve seen her at some parties. She greets you, and you offer her a smile before she turns to Hoseok and they strike up a conversation about said essay.
Sheâs someone from his class, apparently, and they chat for the whole elevator ride until she exits to head wherever it is that she is going. It leaves you alone with Hoseok, and it takes all of one second before the air fills with tension again, especially as his hand brushes yours.
âSorry about that,â he apologizes, voice low.Â
You wet your lips, meeting his dark gaze. âNo worries,â you reply.
He nods, and to your surprise, he pushes a strand of your hair behind your ear. It makes you freeze in place, as his fingers linger on your cheek. His gaze drops to your lips, and if it wasnât for the elevator dinging, the doors sliding open, youâre convinced he would have kissed you then and there.
Instead, his hand falls to the side, and he struts out of the elevator. You quickly follow him before the doors have time to close, and it takes about another minute before you finally reach the lab.
Hoseok glances around, making sure the hallway is empty before he unlocks the door. He pushes it open for you to walk in, and you enter the cool darkness, eyes sighing in relief.
Indeed, for some reason, youâve always found the neon lights of the hallway to be too aggressive for your eyes.Â
The lab is dark, the only light being the one from behind the closed blinds. The door doesnât have a window, and Hoseok closes it behind him, quickly locking it again. You scan your surroundings â thereâs an area with white coats to your left, and to your right there are empty shelves where you imagine students leave their bags when they have a class in this lab. You drop your stuff there, before turning towards Hoseok again.
âArenât there cameras in here?â you ask.
He walks towards you, towering over you as he puts his tote bag next to your stuff. âThe one that is supposed to film the white coats is dead,â he informs you.Â
You gulp as one of his long fingers finds your chin. He tilts your head back, before leaning in to press his lips against yours once. He barely kisses you, lips ghosting on your jaw before he aims for your neck. You tilt your head to the side, breath hitching in your throat, but he stills next to your ear.
âHow do you know?â you ask breathlessly.
You think you can hear the smirk in his voice when he replies, âSeokjin got in trouble once right here. Someone saw him and his girlfriend come in, but they couldnât see anything on the cameras so they let him go.â
He lightly tugs at your earlobe. âThey havenât changed the camera since then?â
âNo,â Hoseok says, slightly shaking his head. âOr if they have, whoever is behind the security desk has had a couple of shows through the months.â
You let out a breathy sound as he sucks a spot underneath your ear. âAre you saying youâve fucked some girls here?â
âMaybe?â He pauses to leave a trail of wet kisses down your neck, down to the collar of your shirt. âIs that a problem?â
Not at all. In truth, you donât give a shit if heâs been with other people. You would assume he was â heâs an attractive man after all. If you were into him for more than just sex, maybe youâd be insulted, but right now, all you can think about is that heâs about to fuck you senseless.
âNo,â you finally reply.
His teeth pull at your shirt, and then he straightens. âCome.â
You let him grab your hand, and he pulls you to where the white coats are. He pushes you into a corner, glancing behind him. You can see the camera over his shoulder, and you can only hope that it is indeed dead, because he pushes his knee between your legs as he faces you again.
âYouâre such a slut,â he says against your lips. Your eyes close from the sudden proximity, and you await his next words as your insides burn. âWanting me to fuck you here, where anyone could come in.â
Youâd tell him heâs the slut, considering heâs the one that brought you here, but all you can do is grab at his shoulders when he sucks on your lower lip. You moan as his knee pushes further between your legs, thigh pressing against your pussy, and you instinctively grind, looking for some friction on your clit.
Hoseok chuckles darkly, and he straightens again.
âSo fucking desperate.â He tuts, shaking his head in disapproval. âShould I punish you some more?â
Your mouth is parted as you breathe in and out quickly, eyes a little round. âWhy?â
âHave you learned your lesson last weekend?â
You gulp, nodding once.
âHave you?â
âYes.â
He cocks an eyebrow, clearly waiting for more.
âYes, sir.â
He smirks, stealing a sudden heated kiss on your lips. You moan as his hands grab at your hips, forcing you to grind on his thigh again. Your fingers dig into his shoulders, pulling him closer, and you feel yourself go weak in the knees as he keeps you going.
âWait,â you breathe after a moment of you fucking his thigh. He pulls away from where he buried his face in your neck, questions in his eyes. âIt hurts with the fabricâŠâ you trail off as he once again cocks an eyebrow.Â
âAnd? You think youâve been good enough for me to take off your clothes?â
âHobi,â you whine, and he smirks before kissing you again.Â
He removes his leg from between yours, hands staying on your hips. Yours move from his shoulders to the back of his neck so you can pull him closer, and he pushes you against the wall. He grunts in the kiss when you suck on his tongue, and his fingers find a home over your clothes, right against your pussy. He slaps it, hard, and you moan when his other hand sneaks under your shirt, cupping your breast through your bra.
âWhat do you want?â he asks.
âPlease fuck me.â
He chuckles, nodding his head. âOh, Iâll fuck you good. You wonât be able to walk to your class after.â
That only turns you on even more, and you think youâre melted lava now, burning bright red as you bubble away under Hoseokâs heated touch. Getting tired of the fabric of your bra, he pushes it up, until your breasts are free and heâs able to pinch your nipple, hard.
You moan, and he pushes his tongue in your mouth, finding yours as he laps at you.
Youâre soaking your panties. At this point, youâre convinced youâre also soaking through your pants, but you canât bring yourself to care. Hoseok has always been able to make you do whatever it is that he wants, and you donât think itâll ever change. Last weekend was proof enough of that.
âTake off your pants,â he commands as he steps back.Â
Your arms fall aimlessly to your side, but youâre quick to comply, unbuttoning your pants as Hoseok busies himself with his belt. Heâs quicker than you, hands steadier than yours, and heâs freed his cock from his pants before you have time to push your pants down your legs. He strokes himself under your watchful gaze, head cocked to the side.
âIâm so fucking hard for you,â he comments, and he sounds a little surprised.
As if he didnât expect the little action between you two to have been enough for him to get there. You reckon you arenât surprised, especially not as you feel how wet you are once your pants and underwear are off.Â
The cool air of the lab makes you shiver, but Hoseok barely gives you time to realize it before he pushes a hand between your legs, collecting your juices at your entrance before bringing his fingers to your mouth.
âTaste yourself.â
You obey, and you wrap your lips around his two digits, tongue flicking at the pads. Heâs still stroking his dick and, as much as you want to look down, youâre a prisoner of his gaze. All you can do is suck his fingers, hollowing your cheeks as you swirl your tongue around them.
âGood girl,â he says once heâs retrieved his fingers from your mouth.
He lets go of his dick as he searches through his pocket for his wallet. He takes it out, finding a condom. He rips the package as your hand wraps around the tip of his cock, thumb smearing the precum all around the head. He hisses but lets you do it, especially as you start stroking him, trying to copy his previous motions.Â
You jerk him off for a moment, and he pushes your shirt up enough so that heâs able to wrap his lips around your nipple, sucking hard. Itâs your turn to hiss, though his tongue soothes the sting as he swirls it around your nipple before he moves to your other breast.
You rest your head against the wall, trying to focus on jerking him off, but when he dips two fingers in you, arching them to rub at the sweet spot inside of you, you grip him tight.
âFuck,â he curses as he pulls away, and his fingers leave you empty. They move to retrieve the condom from the package, and heâs quick to roll it on his dick. âTurn around,â he orders.
You bite at your lip, nodding once before you do so. He grabs your hips and pulls them back before he pushes on your upper back until youâre bent, one arm resting against a shelf you find under the white coats.
Hoseok teases your entrance with his fingers again before slipping them in. He finger-fucks you for a while, adding scissoring motions to spread you wide open as you pant from the ministrations. You know heâs getting you ready for his cock, even though you reckon itâs useless.
Indeed, youâre soaked, the perspective of fucking in a public space having made you hornier than you usually are. Indeed, you think youâre already close, especially as he pushes in and out quickly, fingers rubbing you expertly.
You clench around him, and he smacks your ass with one hand. âYou like that?â
âFuck me,â you whine again, begging more than anything.
âYes, baby,â he says as he massages your ass. âIâm going to fuck you good.â
His fingers leave you empty, and he holds your hips as he aligns himself with your entrance. His cock rubs against your clit, making you see stars before he finally pushes in. He stops with just the tip in, landing another hard slap to your ass.
The sting makes you move back, and you impale yourself on him until his dick reaches deep inside of you, splitting you wide open. He grunts, fingers digging into the supple skin of your hip, and you moan as he hits the bottom of your pussy.
âFuck,â he curses. âYou want to fuck yourself on me, mmh?â
You donât reply, instead moving forward before pushing back again. He groans again, but then he holds you in place. When you understand that he wants you to stop, you still, glancing at him. He meets your gaze as one of his hands moves to his mouth, and he spits on his fingers.
You grab the side of the shelf hard, knuckles turning white, as he spreads your ass cheeks open, and he smears his spit on your asshole.Â
Heâs still holding your gaze, and as you say nothing, he pushes his thumb in your ass. It hurts a little, and your eyes flutter shut as you focus on the feeling.Â
âSafe word?â
You shake your head no, and Hoseok doesnât need more to start pounding into you, so hard you canât help the loud moan that falls from your lips. You clench your walls around him, hard, and he takes that as a cue to bring his other hand to your clit. He rubs it with a consistent rhythm thatâs making your legs tremble, though heâs pressing a little too hard. You know heâll get you oversensitive in no time, so you pinch one of your nipples, focusing on that pain to remain afloat.
Thatâs where your orgasm finds you, a little under a minute later. Crashing against you, you moan a broken sound that probably would have been his name, and the waves of your orgasm wash over you as he keeps fucking you, fingers never faltering on your clit.Â
As soon as youâre down from the high, you pull his hand away from your clit. âToo sensitive,â you mutter.
He slaps your ass but says nothing as he increases the pace of his thrusts, chasing his own orgasm. It hits him as you clench your walls around him voluntarily, and he grunts loudly as he comes, dick twitching deep inside of you.
For a moment, all that fills the air is the sound of your ragged breaths, and it takes you both a while before youâre back in your bodies, coming down from the high of sex. Hoseok pulls out of you, both his dick and his thumb, and he discards the condom, tying it tightly. You put your clothes back on, shakily, as youâre still reeling from the oversensitivity. You run your hands through your hair, making sure itâs not too much of a mess before facing him.
âDamn,â you say once youâre both standing straight, gaze meeting.
Hoseok laughs. âYeah.â
âNow I have a class to run to.â
He nods. âYou do. You think youâll be okay?â
The way he says it is cocky, and for some reason, it makes you want him again. He must have noticed, because he smirks, tilting his head to the side.
âIâll be fine,â you say. âWe shouldâŠâ
âHang out again?â he supplies as you fall silent.
You nod once. âSometime this weekend?â
He thinks about it for a time before shaking his head no. âIâm going to visit my parents this weekend soâŠâ he trails off.
âOh,â you let out, shrugging your shoulders. âJust⊠text me?â
âIn the group chat orâŠâ he teases, and you push him as you roll your eyes. It makes him laugh, yet he still pulls you in, pressing a kiss to the top of your head. âYes, Iâll text you.â
You move out of his embrace, a little embarrassed. âGood.â
He smiles, gently, and itâs so far from what he was just a moment ago, pounding into you, that you think you get whiplash.
Jeong Hoseok has a duality you donât think youâll ever understand. And really, it leaves you confused all through your genetics class. Nabi never shows up, which you actually are glad for. Because youâre pretty sure she would have taken one look at you and known youâve just fucked, and you donât think youâd be ready to deal with the questioning.
Youâve barely told them about what happened between you and Hoseok last weekend. You donât see yourself admitting that youâre sleeping with him again. Youâre just content with enjoying the friend group, and you donât want to make things awkward for everyone else. So youâve been keeping it to yourself, and perhaps thatâs why youâve been feeling so confused.
As you sit in the library later, trying to finish your lab report, you spy Jungkook shelving some books. He doesnât see you or pretends he hasnât seen you, and that, most of all, makes you realize one thing.
Hoseok isnât the one thatâs been confusing you at all. Itâs been Jungkook, and what he said on Sunday morning, thatâs been plaguing your every moment.
No wonder you havenât said anything to your friends.
Wednesday, February 6thÂ
You hate midterms. They stress you out, obviously, but also the irregular hours make it hard for you to sleep at night, and even harder to follow in your classes. Itâs no wonder you end up skipping your afternoon class, heading home to take a well-deserved nap before you study more. Nabi promised to send her notes, considering youâve sent her the notes of that genetics class she missed a few weeks ago.
Itâs a good deal, and you sleep like a rock the moment you get home, face hidden in your pillow. The only downside of taking a nap is, you always feel worse when you wake up. It takes a while for you to shake the grogginess away, so when you wake up around 3:45 pm, you know youâre not going to be able to study right away. Instead, you head to the kitchen, reheating some leftover noodles you find in the fridge.Â
Youâre halfway through your bowl when your phone rings, startling you. You glance at the screen â itâs Taehyung, on a Facetime call at that. Your heart leaps in your chest; you havenât talked to him since he left, a month ago, except for some texting here and there to make sure that everything was okay.
You pick up the call, and it takes a few seconds before it connects, and your brotherâs dumb face appears on the screen. He looks as if heâs lying in bed, or on a couch perhaps. He smiles as soon as he sees you, and you wish you could hug him through the screen.
âHey!â he says. âHowâs America going?â
âItâs cold,â you complain. âNot as great as Paris I assume.â
Taehyung laughs. âParis is a dream, honestly. Youâd love it here.â
âDuh.â You smile wide, slightly shaking your head. âI still canât believe you just get to spend a whole semester over there.â
âYou can if you want to! Iâm sure your major also allows it.â
As much as itâd be fun, you donât think Paris would be your destination. There are a couple of other places in the world that are higher up on your list, though you donât know if youâd want to study in those places. Youâre afraid itâd take the magic away, as youâve always been too focused on your studies.
Taehyung has never been like this, so you know heâs been enjoying his time over there. And he has â he visited the Louvres last weekend, and heâs eaten so many croissants heâs convinced heâs going to get a French accent soon.
At that, you laugh, before telling him about your time here. Omitting Hoseok, obviously, but mostly omitting how Jungkook has been not so subtly flirting with you. To be fair, youâre pretty sure he was flirting with you before Taehyung left, but heâs been far bolder now. You know the blame is partly on you â after the Incident, and the revelation that he knows about it, you can see why a guy like Jungkook would be attracted.
He told you himself that he was turned on when you were with Hoseok, didnât he?
âHello,â Taehyung says. âAre you even listening to me?â
You shake out of your thoughts, apologizing. âMidterms have been fucking with me.â
âOof,â Taehyung lets out. âIâm lucky my grades here donât count in my GPA.â He winces, glancing away from the screen before resuming his attention on you. âI think Iâm going to tank one of the classes.â
âRIP.âÂ
Before you or your brother have time to say anything else, the front door unlocks. Your eyes snap to it from where youâre sitting on the couch, and Jungkook comes into view, hair ruffled by the wind outside. He catches sight of you, offering you a corner smile that makes you want to roll your eyes as your gaze settles back on your brother.
âIs Jungkook home?â Taehyung asks, loud enough for the mentioned man to look your way.Â
âTae!â he lets out enthusiastically, and he kicks his boots off to make his way to your side.Â
You want to disappear when he sits next to you, close enough for his thigh to press against yours. Heâs still clad in his coat, and you cringe at how cold it is as he leans even closer, his face appearing on your phone. âHowâs Paris been going?â
âBro, itâs fucking sick,â Taehyung answers. âThey know how to party here.â
Jungkook smirks. âAny good fucks?â
Your head snaps towards Jungkook. âBruh, why would you ask him that?â
Taehyung laughs, ignoring you. âIâve been seeing this girl,â he admits. âHavenât fucked yet but Iâd say itâs coming.â
You wince, nose scrunching up in disgust. âCome on, I donât want to hear about your sex life, Tae.â
âYouâre a big girl now, get used to it,â Jungkook jokes.
You glare at him again, and when your eyes move back to Taehyungâs face, heâs got his brows furrowed. You donât know why, and the expression melts to be replaced by his usual impassive mask, the one you know he uses when heâs trying to not let his emotions show on his face.
âWell, Iâve been dating her, Iâm pretty sure I can tell you Iâve been going on dates?â he says, and it sounds like a question.
You narrow your eyes at him. âKim Taehyung, why are you starting to date someone in Paris? Youâre not going to do long distance.â
âSheâs from our college too, chill,â he answers, rolling his eyes at you. âSheâs in the exchange program.â
That gains your interest, and a smile moves on your lips. âOh?â
âOh?â Taehyung echoes.
âWho is she?â
He offers you a secretive smile. âNot telling before things are official.â
Taking you by surprise, Jungkook grabs your phone out of your hands. The sudden contact of his fingers on yours feels electrifying, even though it lasts just a fraction of a second before itâs gone.
âHey!â you burst out.
âIâm sure you can tell your best friend,â Jungkook says, holding your phone out of your reach, filming his face.
âJungkook, give me my phone!â
You can hear Taehyung laughing on his side of the line as Jungkook looks at you. âNah.â
You sit back on the couch, folding your arms on your chest. You clench your jaw, annoyance moving through you, but you donât say anything else as Taehyung insists that heâd rather wait before telling you. Jungkook, resolute, asks the question again, and you elbow him in the ribs.
âOw!â he lets out. âWhat the fuck was that for?â
You roll your eyes. âGive me my phone.â He looks up at the ceiling in annoyance, before handing you the device. âThank you,â you say sarcastically.
âJust wanted to get you your answer,â he replies, shrugging his shoulders. âBut never mind.â
At that he gets up, sauntering away while taking off his coat. You watch him go, far too confused, but Taehyung doesnât let you think about it for too long. Instead, he says heâs got to go, but that heâs glad you two talked. You tell him to be safe, and then you hang up.
The sudden silence in the living room makes you glance towards the kitchen as you hear Jungkook rummaging in the refrigerator. It takes all but five seconds for him to yell, âHey, are you eating my noodles?â
Your gaze widens as it falls on the noodles youâve been eating, forgotten on the coffee table. You were convinced they were yours earlier, but now that Jungkookâs said itâŠ
You jump out of your seat, grabbing them as you head to the kitchen. âAre they yours? I was convinced they were mine.â
He seems pissed, but when you hand him the bowl, he cocks an eyebrow. âYouâve eaten half of them.â
âThereâs still plenty left!â you point out. âIâm sorry.â
âPeach,â he says, smirking. âItâs okay, Iâll eat something else.â
The nickname makes your cheeks burn. âNo, really, take them.â
He hesitates for a few seconds more before shrugging his shoulders and grabbing the half-eaten bowl. âThanks.â
You donât reply, not knowing what to say as he moves back to the living room. Still hungry, you grab some grapes from the fridge before heading to your room, figuring you should study now. You get comfortable at your desk, studying for your next midterm. It goes well for a few hours, but when the sun has long since set, you hear Jungkook opening the front door, greeting someone.
For a moment, youâre afraid heâs invited a girl over, but it turns out to be Jimin. You relax in your chair, continuing to study, eyes growing heavy with every sentence that you read. Luckily enough, you donât have a morning class tomorrow, having the week off before the midterm to âstudyâ. So you push through, knowing that it doesnât matter if you go to bed late tonight.
You canât focus on your laptop anymore when you hear Jungkook cursing at Jimin from the living room. Itâs loud, and you only then realize that the TV is on, and theyâre clearly playing some game. Just like that, what was left of your concentration flies out of the window, and you get up to go see what they are up to.
Turns out that they are playing Mario Kart, and from the looks of it, Jungkook is losing. Heâs leaning towards the TV, elbows resting on his knees as he concentrates, and Jimin has a shit-eating grin on his lips. The latterâs eyes flicker to you for half a second before he resumes his attention on the television.
âHey,â he greets you, adding your name at the end. âWant to play?â
You move closer so you can see the screen, and you watch as they drive the rainbow road. âIâm supposed to be studying.â
Jungkook curses loudly, and you watch his character fall from the road. You laugh, right as Jimin finishes the race.
âJK, you suck,â Jimin teases.
Jungkook is pouting next to him, half in concentration and half in annoyance, and he looks stupidly cute like this. You hate it, so you resume your attention on the screen to watch him finish in eleventh place, right in front of Princess Peach.
âFuck off,â Jungkook drawls, and his gaze slides to where youâre standing. It seems he thinks you are salvation because his gaze lights up. He says your name enthusiastically, adding, âMy second favourite Kim sibling!â
You purse your lips, furrowing your brows. âFuck off,â you tell him.
âCan you please go get some beer from the fridge, since youâre standing?â he adds, begs, ignoring you.Â
He offers you his best impression of puppy eyes, and you want to hate him because, damn, heâs good. Too good, and you shake your head in disapproval, though you still turn around and walk over to the kitchen. You fish two beers out of the fridge and thinking better of it, you grab a third one for yourself. You head back to the living room then, handing the cans to the guys.
âThank you,â Jimin says, but all Jungkook does is wink at you, a smirk playing on his lips.
It makes something warm blossom in your chest, and as he glances down at your naked legs, the feeling soon trickles down to your core. Indeed, youâre only wearing a pair of pajama shorts, and luckily enough, youâve been shaving your legs religiously now that youâve been sleeping with Hoseok again.
Your cheeks flush, and you try to figure out where to sit. Jimin is leaning against the armrest, back propped up against a pillow, and Jungkook is in the middle of the couch, next to the L-shaped part. It only leaves you with the option of sitting next to him, and you clench your jaw, though you still make it to his side.
You sit as far from him as you can, grabbing the blanket you always leave on the back of the couch to hide your legs, lest Jungkookâs gaze burns your skin more.
âYou wanna play?â Jungkook asks.
You shake your head no. âJust taking a break from studying.â
âWith a beer?â
He sounds disapproving, so you glance at him. âYeah?â
He snorts, but he doesnât say anything else as Jimin starts another race. You watch them play, cheering for Jimin even though Jungkook is winning. Jimin, ecstatic, keeps drifting into the wall, but he manages to get a blue shell on the last turn, which he immediately launches at Jungkook.
Jungkook curses loudly again as you giggle with Jimin, watching his character â Wario â spinning on the screen. He still manages to finish the race fourth, with Jimin right behind him.Â
Youâve been drinking your beer fast, and after the next race, Jimin manages to convince you to play. You choose Princess Peach, obviously, right as Jimin moves away to go to the bathroom.
âReally, Princess Peach?â Jungkook teases, a smirk adorning his lips. âYouâre trash with her.â
âThe character you choose changes nothing,â you say, glaring at him. âLet me be.â
âRight,â he says, laughing. He leans back into the couch, taking a sip from his beer. âYou did earn your nickname after all.â
âPlease.â You roll your eyes, before meeting his gaze. âYou know I hate that nickname.â
âHence why Iâll keep using it, peach.â
You punch him in the shoulder, clearly not hard enough to hurt. As a matter of fact, it hurts your hand more than it probably hurts him as your fist collides with his hard shoulder muscles, and you grit your teeth as you sit back in your spot.
âYouâre annoying.â
He grins at you, a toothy grin that makes you want to punch him again, in the face this time. âYou love it,â he teases.
Before you can say no, Jimin walks out of the bathroom, and the moment is over. You go back to playing, and you end up on a winning streak, which earns you a lot of curses from Jungkook. Right when youâre about to go for a fourth race, Jungkook claiming that this one is going to be his race, Jimin receives a call.Â
âItâs Sera,â he says as an explanation, and he walks away to take the call in the kitchen, away from you and Jungkook.
Jungkook immediately turns towards you. âHave you been practicing? You were trash last time we played.â
You snort. âI have better things to do with my free time than to practice playing Mario Kart.â
He cocks an eyebrow at you before shaking his head. âWhatever, Iâll beat you in this race.â
âGood luck with that,â you tease. âDidnât you finish last in the last one?â
To your surprise, he leans towards you. Heâs close enough for you to feel his breath fanning on your face, and you hold yours as he offers you a smirk and a cocked eyebrow.
âAt least I finished.â
You donât know what heâs referring to, so you offer him a quizzical look. âWhat?â
He chuckles, and one of his hands pats your thigh over the blanket. It still burns, and you gulp.
âPretty sure that guy youâve been fucking hasnât made you finish.â
You flush crimson. âWhy the fuck would you think that?â
You hope he canât hear the furious beats of your heart because youâre pretty sure youâre about to go into cardiac arrest.
âHeard you sucking his dick, and then you tell me he left. He didnât take care of you, did he?â
The way Jungkook is looking at you right now makes you feel new. Seen. As if no oneâs ever looked at you that way before.
âI deserved it,â you reply, throat dry. You try swallowing, but it only makes you gulp again.
âCome on, peach. What did you do to deserve that?â
Heâs even closer now. Eyes dropping to your lips as you tentatively wet them, and you feel yourself leaning back. Mostly because you think youâre going to explode if you donât move.
Jeon Jungkook is dangerous for your sanity.
âGhosted him,â you admit.
That takes Jungkook by surprise. He starts laughing, shaking his head. âYou, ghosting someone?â
Luckily enough, as he laughed he sat back in his spot, and you breathe easier with the renewed distance between you.
âYeah?â
Jungkook chuckles again. âFor some reason, I thought you were a hopeless romantic.â
âWhy?â
He shrugs, and you both glance towards the kitchen from which Jimin emerges. Jungkook never answers your question as Jimin announces that heâs going to play one last race before heâll have to leave, and youâre forced to let the conversation go as he starts the race.
This time around, you canât focus. You keep falling off the track, hands clammy as your mind replays the conversation with Jungkook. As it reminds you of just how Jeon Jungkookâs gaze was burning on you a moment ago, and you drive into a wall on the second turn.
âFuck,â you curse.
âDistracted?â Jungkook asks, and the smirk tells you enough for you to understand what just happened.
He was trying to distract you. You fume, focusing on the screen with new vigour as you try to pass Jungkook. He notices your intent, but when he laughs, you once again run into a wall, slowing you down enough that you fall back to the tenth position.
When Jungkook passes the finish line first, he cheers loudly, winking your way. You glare at him, and Jimin laughs at the two of you, though he says nothing. You wonder if heâs heard part of your conversation with Jungkook â if he has, you reckon your brother is going to give you shit for it soon. You can only hope that he hasnât, because as much as you love Taehyung, you donât want him to be an overbearing asshole.
Jimin leaves, wishing you and Jungkook a good night before disappearing into the soft snowfall outside. You donât move from the couch, and when Jungkook heads to the kitchen, you put your controller down, stretching as you yawn.
To your surprise, Jungkook comes back with another beer for each of you.Â
âWhat are you doing?â you ask.
âDonât you still want to play?â he says as he sits next to you, and electricity courses through your blood as you notice heâs closer now.
âNot really,â you admit, yet you still accept the beer that he hands you.
âMind if I play something else, then?â
You shrug your shoulders. âNah, go on. Iâll just drink this and go to bed.â
âTired of me?â he teases, smirking.
You roll your eyes, but donât reply to that.
 âWhat made you think that Iâm a hopeless romantic?â you ask after a few seconds, going back to your previous conversation.
He plays with his piercing, eyes sparkling with mischief. âHave you seen your brother? It wasnât far-fetched to think youâd be like him.â
Heâs not wrong. Taehyung is a romantic, through and through. Itâs one of the reasons why he loves Paris so much â the city of love, where heâs himself finding love at the moment, it seems. Heâs been that way for as long as you can remember, only having dated a girl once in his life all through high school, splitting because she decided to go to an Ivy League college on the other side of the country.
âRight,â you say.
Jungkook switches games to Smash, not saying anything else. It seems the conversation is over, and you watch him play a match as you sip your beer, slower than the other one. It makes you realize that you donât usually hang out with Jungkook, and you reckon you have nothing to tell him.Â
Thereâs usually always a buffer between the two of you, be it Taehyung or Jimin.
âHow have your midterms been going?â he asks all of a sudden, right as you watch his character being thrown out of the screen.
âHuh,â you let out. âItâs been okay,â you admit. âJust stressful, and a lot of studying.â
He glances at your beer. âSorry for interrupting your studying tonight.â
âNah, all good,â you reassure him. âI needed a break. I pulled an all-nighter last night.â
He throws you a disapproving look that makes you shrug your shoulders as if to say âitâs whateverâ. He doesnât say anything though, waiting until his match ends to speak again.
âYou shouldnât pull all-nighters, theyâre bad for your health.â
âItâs fine,â you insist. âI had a midterm this morning, didnât really have a choice.â
He pulls at his piercing, nodding once. âFair enough. What are you doing still up though?â
Right on cue, you yawn again. âIâm going to head to bed soon,â you admit. âBut I took a nap this afternoon and I always struggle with sleeping after.â
âPretty sure youâve got a little friend that can help you with that.â
Your mouth falls open in surprise, but Jungkookâs attention is focused on the screen as another match begins.
âExcuse me?â
âUnless you just use your fingers?â he teases. âHow do you touch yourself, peach?â
âJungkook, shut the fuck up,â you warn.
Though his words have arousal build up inside of you, and you clench your thighs together instinctively.
âJust do whatever you did the other night,â he says, and you know heâs referring to the Incident. âYouâll sleep well after.â
You shake your head in disbelief. âYouâre so crass.â
âYet youâre still sitting next to me.â
You watch his profile, and your eyes fall to the ink on his arm. His forearm flexes as he uses the controller, and you force yourself to look at the screen.
âIâm just finishing my beer.â
He glances at you once, and you think you could drown in the darkness in his eyes. His gaze is gone too fast for you to do just that, but you still feel your pulse racing.
âRelax, peach,â he tells you, voice suddenly husky. It has the opposite effect of making you relax, and you wet your lips as he continues, âMasturbating is only human. You shouldnât be ashamed of it.â
âStill donât think I should be discussing that with you,â you say after a few seconds of electric current swimming in your blood.
He chuckles manly. âFair enough. Iâm sorry if I made you uncomfortable.â
In truth, he did quite the opposite, but you donât have it in you to tell him. You donât want to tell him, donât want to encourage his behaviour when it feels like danger in its purest form.
âAll good,â you say, and youâre aware you sound breathless. As a matter of fact, you are breathless, and you know Jungkook heard it too. Know that the look he throws you is filled with lust, sinfully so, and you know you need to leave this room.
Heâs your brotherâs best friend, after all.
âIâmâŠâ you trail off. He nods once to encourage you to continue, gaze still burning on you even though that means heâs losing his game. âIâm going to go to bed now.â
He glances at your beer. âYouâre done with that?â
Heâs a little shit. Heâs a little shit, and he clearly knows it.
âIâll finish it in my room.â
His tongue darts out to play with his piercing as his big doe eyes narrow. âAlright. Good night, peach.â
You nod once, and you get up from the couch. The blanket falls from your legs, and youâre all too aware of how heâs looking at you like heâs about to devour you.
âGood night.â
And then you flee, core heated up and heart beating out of your chest. Youâre convinced you can feel his gaze boring a hole between your shoulder blades, but you donât turn around to confirm. You refuse to turn around to confirm, lest youâre never going to be able to make it to your room.
You hate this. Hate that heâs got you hot and bothered too much for you to be able to settle in bed comfortably. Hate that you find yourself seeking your vibrator in your night table.
You only sigh in relief when youâve got it pressed against your clit through your underwear. And youâve soaked through your panties already. Theyâre sticky against you, but you canât bring yourself to move them to the side. Not for a while, not until youâve hidden your face in your bed cover to muffle your sounds, if you make any.
No, it takes you a moment before you finally decide to push them to the side, and the direct contact on your clit has you arching your back, stars swimming in the periphery of your vision. You think about Jungkook. Remember the sounds that he makes while he fucks, remember the words that heâs told you.
You remember his big eyes, filled with sudden lust for you. You imagine him murmuring his dangerous words right in your ear, lips moving against you, and the thought of him pushing his dick in you is enough to send you over the edge, vision flashing with white light for so long that you think youâve gone blind. And then you push the vibrator inside of you, not surprised when it slides right in with how wet you are.
Youâre aware of the squelching sounds it makes, but you canât bring yourself to care. All you can do is imagine being impaled on Jungkookâs dick instead, imagine his inked hand wrapping around your neck as he pounds into you.
In your fantasies, he fucks you even better than Hoseok does. He fucks you into ecstasy, fucks you until youâre high with it, and you go dumb. Until all thatâs left is his dick, and itâs no surprise when you muffle a loud moan in the bed cover as you squirt, your juices covering the hand youâre fucking yourself with.
And still, you canât stop. You turn on your side, hide your face in your pillow as tears swim in your gaze with the intensity of your pleasure. You imagine Jungkook on his side of the wall, imagine him stroking his cock, listening to you choking on Hoseokâs dick, remember him admitting to being turned on by itâŠ
Your other hand moves between your legs, finds your sensitive clit and starts rubbing insistent circles on it, right as another knot starts forming in your lower stomach. You move the vibrator inside of you faster, time your motions with the circles on your clit, and soon enough, a new orgasm finds you, slams into you so hard you think youâll lose your mind.
Only then are you able to stop, turning off your vibrator and putting it down on the bed next to you, hands shaking slightly. You donât move for a long time as you swim in the aftereffect of your pleasure, and it takes you a while to decide to go clean up. Clearly, you need a cold shower, but first, you chug what was left of the beer, needing to numb your mind so you canât be embarrassed by what just happened.
You put your pajama shorts back on, grab a clean pair of underwear and then stop next to the door. You listen to the sounds outside of your room, but it seems Jungkookâs not gaming anymore. So you hesitantly open the door, and when you find the apartment completely dark, you sigh in relief.
You tiptoe towards the bathroom, slowing down in front of Jungkookâs door. Thereâs a faint red light under his door, coming from the LED lights you know heâs hung in his room, and you wonder what heâs doing in there.
Through the door, you hear some faint feminine moaning and instinctively bite your lips. You only realize youâve stopped in front of his door when you hear him curse lowly, and then the moaning is interrupted. Heâs watching porn. Youâre painfully aware that heâs watching porn, jerking off just on the other side of his closed door.
You reckon you will really need the cold shower after all.
Prev | Next
âââââ
Oooooof these two I swear... how did we like this chapter? Good? Not good? Let me know!!
All rights reserved to @/oddinary4bts, 2024. Do not copy, repost or translate
#chasing cars ch 2#jungkook smut#jungkook angst#jungkook fluff#jungkook x you#jungkook x reader#jungkook fic#jungkook#jjk smut#jjk angst#jjk fluff#jjk x reader#jjk x you#jjk fic#jjk#chasing cars#chasing cars series#btswritersclub#jeon jungkook
927 notes
·
View notes
Text
...THAT is your boyfriend?
pairing : jungkook x sanrio girl!oc
genre : fluff
warning : mention of drugs , little bit of angst
request : tiktok
a/n : sorry this is rlly short but LONGER drabbles of this story r comingggg js need to get them out of the drafts LOL
unedited.
this is like after about 3 months into their relationship btw!
"padamdam damdamdampadamdam, tupadadadadadamdam..." you speak nonsense, hand around your boyfriend's arm as you scrolled through your phone.
jungkook huffs, giving you the side eye. "what are you even saying?"
"shush, don't say anything." you comment, giving him a small glare and going back to doing whatever you were doing on the phone.
"yes, ma'am."
you both were at the mall shopping, going from aisle to aisle looking for cute clothes. mostly for you. jungkook didn't really care about what he wore. just some dark coloured clothes and a few rings will do for him.
"i was...hmmm...ah! this is what i was looking for earlier." you show your boyfriend your phone which displayed a picture of a plastic figure of cinnamonroll.
"the fuck is that?" he couldn't help but laugh a little, taking the phone from your grasp and zooming into the figure.
"it's cinnamonroll." you give him a sour look. how could he not know!
"i swear, it was pink before." he kisses his teeth, tilting his head to the side, curious about the mysterious bunny (not) figure.
"baby, that was poron. his sister." you correct him. "it's a HE?" jungkook's jaw falls a little, turning to look at you with a shocked expression. yeah. i felt the same when i found out too.
"it's okay. me too. can't believe i was supporting a MAN. but he's really cute, i love him!" you smile. jungkook glances at your face then back at the phone with a small smile forming in the corner of his lips.
"okay, where do we find this guy?" he asks.
"YAY!"
that was before you grabbed his wrist and practically dragged him out of the store.
"mm, jungkook, nooo, it has to be here!" you sigh, going through each of the figures displayed on front. he just hums, not really paying any mind to your misery.
a few minutes pass by and you were still searching for the little guy. at this point, jungkook was getting a little tired. he looks over to you who was crouched down, going through a pile of figures in a basket. he decides to take matters into his own hands and find this little guy for his girlfriend.
so jungkook walks away from you across the store to the cashier, asking for help. he shows a picture of the figure to the cashier, and while he goes through their computer trying to find if he's still in stock, jungkook wonders why you didn't do this first. dumb little girl, he thinks.
"sorry sir, seems like it's out of stock." the cashier speaks. jungkook thanks him, walking back to you. but plot twist! you were gone!
but something catches jungkook's attention. some guy holding your bag outside the store. what?
the corner of his lip twitched upwards, to not to form a smile but rather to form a scowl. what was some rando doing with your bag? he was leaning against the wall with a grin, examining your bag like he owned it.
jungkook walks upto the guy, giving him a tap on the shoulder. the guy turns around to look at him, raising his head up. shortass, jungkook thought.
"why do you have her bag with you?" he points at the bag.
"what? why are you asking?" the guy furrows his eyebrows, his lips twitching up to a sour expression.
"because it's my girlfriend's bag, dumbfuck. where's she?"
girlfriend? the guy scans jungkook from top to bottom. long hair, tatted arms, piercings. y/n can't be possibly be into...that? she can do so much better. the guy looks like he's on drugs. he probably is! he thinks.
"no way y/n's dating a druggy like you." the guy laughs mockingly, clutching onto the purse.
"alright, little man. fuckin tell me where my girl is or i'll pluck your toenails out one by one." he looked as if he was about to beat up the guy then and there, and he probably was too.
"fucking hell, man. god, there she is!" the guy rubs the back of his head, clearly annoyed as he moved away from jungkook. meanwhile, jungkook immediately turns around to see you walking towards both of them with a confused look.
"where were you?" you ask.
"no, where were YOU? and who's this fucker holding your shit?" he points at the guy who's walking towards you. confidently too. as if he knows you better than anyone else. jungkook's jealous, it doesn't take a genius to understand that. angry too. really fucking pissed that this shortass little man is interrupting their date.
before you could answer, the guy cut you off.
"y/n, here's your stuff. and i don't know who this is, but he'sâ
"i'm her boyfriend, dumbfuck!" jungkook shouts, frustrated.
"is he?" he turns to look at you for confirmation.
"yeah...?" you nod.
"you never told me?" the guy scoffs.
"i don't have to tell you about everything going on in my life?" you frown.
"y/n, he looks like he cheats on you with a different girl every week." the guy comments.
okay no, what the fuck. you're not going to tolerate some meanass comment about your boyfriend. but you also don't want to cause a scene. okay, nevermindâ
"the fuck did you just say?" jungkook's clearly offended. but before he could do more, you grab onto his arm and pull him back.
"let's go." you say. he didn't really reply to you, but just gave you a scoff. okay. he's not disagreeing either.
"matheo, i'll talk to you later." you don't even bother giving the guy a smile, but just drag jungkook away.
"what was that all about?" you squeeze his biceps. jungkook pulls his arm away from you, rolling his eyes.
"nothin." he mumbles.
not wanting to continue this topic further, you just nod.
but it's odd. it's been about 30 minutes and jungkook hasn't said anything to you except replying to whatever you tell him. he's also been keeping a small distance from you. what's wrong again. ugh.
"baby, what's wrong?" you look at your boyfriend who was sitting across you mindlessly scrolling on his phone. he raises his head up to take one glance at you but looks back down immediately. instead, he just shakes his head.
"no, i know something's wrong." you protest.
jungkook sighs, placing his phone on the table before finally looking at you.
"you really want me to tell you?" he asks, his expression rather serious. uh oh. you messed up. but fine, you'll take it. you hesitantly nod your head, nervously scratching your skirt with your nails.
"i'm tired of keeping this private. i know you wanted time till you felt like telling people, but it's been 3 months already and we still haven't told a single soul."
oh!
"i don't want to run into guys like that ever again. fucking shortass. you know i care about you and respect your feelings, right? but i just...you know, want to tell people. it's fine if you still wanna wait. but this is just how i feel." he sighs, turning his head to look away.
you couldn't help but pout a little at his confession. you know he's right. it's been 3 months.
"okay. let's tell people. i'm sorry for making you wait that long. and thank you for telling me, gguk." you smile at your boyfriend who's eyes lit up at the mention of you finally publicly posting about your relationship.
"you're sure about this?" he re-checks.
you nod in approval!
"fucking finally. i can beat up every guy who approaches you now."
"okay, no no no no." you laugh, disagreeing COMPLETELY. you knew he wasn't joking either.
á„«áĄ
taglist: @fungie233 @wintertxt @wheexine @hyunjinswifeee @ohsweetmimosa @canyon-txt
#jungkook#jungkook fanfic#jungkook x oc#jungkook x reader#jungkook x y/n#bts#bts jk#bts smut#bts fluff#jungkook fluff#fluff#fanfiction#sanrio girl#sanrio#whoop whoop
1K notes
·
View notes
Note
Hello your magical girl story looks really intriguing, the premise feels very creative, the art style is simple but good with its own identity, and the characters seem to be fleshed out with depth, personality, and backstory. In short, I love it, and I do have a few questions.
One: Is the story character driven, story driven, or something else
Two: Is the story rated G, PG, PG-13, or something else
Three: Would the story be a web comic, web show, or something else
Four: Will there be a lot of lore and world building, yes or no
Five: what other inspirations did you have for the story's characters, plot, and art style
Six: What humor do you use for the story
I'm only asking these questions out of curiosity. This is just because I love your story, and would like to know more about.
So please be free to not answer all the questions if you want. I'm also fine if you ignore this ask. so please, no pressure.
At the end of the day, please have fun, relax, work hard, take your time, and have a nice day.
I'm so glad! Thanks so much for your interest <3
Character driven (always)
PG/PG-13
Dunno! I've been reached out to already for a few opportunities but right now, I'm just trying to have fun with it and keep it mine until I feel like the idea is fully realized and ready for something bigger. Right now, I'm shooting to make a lil pilot animatic mostly on my own with help from a few friends
Depends on what you mean by a lot but I'd say a soft yes
For Aika, just generally other anime protagonists from shoujo and shonen. I feel like when you're doing a spin on something you do have to rely on the tropes from the genre at least a little bit. For Zira, Toko Fukawa was the jumping off point but they're very different. They're also both based off of aspects of myself (I feel like most artists do this with their ocs tho). Style and story-wise, I was definitely looking at Doremi and Panty&Stocking. That chunky cute look that's distinctly anime but takes some notes from Western cartoons. But mine's flipped where it's more based on my own style from working in Western animation but then having anime influence. And story-wise I like how they're more episodic with an underlying story. The magical girl stuff is more a backdrop that helps the story move forward and enhances the slice of life stuff that's being focused on.
I'm not sure what kind of humor to say other than my own? But my sense of humor has been shaped by Big City Greens (obviously) Adventure Time, Jimmy Neutron, Bob's Burgers, Smiling Friends and many other things but hopefully that gives you the gist
559 notes
·
View notes
Text
Songs of the Heart (m) | pjm | series masterlist
When your landlord hikes the rent on your city apartment, you escape to the outskirts of town, trading the urban sprawl for the quiet hum of a modest house. But serenity takes on a different tune hereâday after day, the air carries hauntingly beautiful melodies from your neighborâs home, songs so raw and aching they seem to tell of a heartbreak too deep to heal. Worried for the unseen soul behind the music, you muster the courage to knock on their door, only to find Park Jiminâa famous singer-songwriter whose voice has graced countless hearts. But the man before you is more than his songs: an enigma wrapped in melancholy, a single father with a story veiled in mystery. As his melodies weave into your days, you canât help but wonder: can you uncover the truths hidden in his lyrics, or will his heart remain a song you cannot play?
đž Pairing: jimin x reader (female) đž Characters: Jimin, OC (reader âY/Nâ), Yoongi (readerâs older brother), Namjoon (readerâs best friend), Hwa-Young (Jiminâs daughter), Jiminâs parents, OCâs parents, Seokjin (as Jiminâs manager). đž AUs: musician!au (not completely idol!au), single dad!au, slice of life!au đž Trope: strangers to lovers / neighbors to lovers đž Genres: slow burn romance / fluff / angst / smut / comedy đž Rating: mature/explicit/R18Â (this is mature/explicit content, so minors, please do not interact.) đž Word count: 70.4k đž Warnings/tags: past heartache and small misunderstandings, mention of past bad relationships, crying, pain (emotional), hurt (emotional), stereotypical assumptions, protective and oblivious big brother Yoongi, Hwa-Young is so cute đ, mention of grief and sadness, past character death (Jiwoo), just a lot of FEELS, itâs a bit sad, but also very heartwarming, mention of past illness, mention of past domestic abuse (hitting), mention of past emotional abuse, love (so much fucking love itâs insane), dancing (yes, itâs a warning), detective big brother Yoongi (heâs not actually a detective), a filler chapter, fluff, small scandals, angst, kissing, heated moments, smut, unprotected sex in the form of; biting, marking (hickies), multiple orgasms, cum eating, cockwarming, dirty talk, nasty smut, filthy smut, praise kink, oral (male and female receiving), cum licking, hair pulling, scratching, soft aftercare, possessiveness, pussy rubbing, ruined garments, overstimulation, begging, fingering, a lot of feeling, so, so, so much fluff and love đ đž Status: finished! đ„ł A chapter will be released every Sunday! đž Read on AO3? [link] đž Read or listen to the teasers? [link] đž Authorâs note: Iâve had this idea floating around in my head since Jiminâs Muse album droppedâand the title? It hit me like a lightning bolt. But the plot? Oh, that took some time. Months, actually. The original idea just wasnât it, you know? But then, on this one random November day, the characters finally spoke to me. And I swear, it was like I had to write it. Originally, this was supposed to be a one-shot, maybe a two-shot if I got a little carried away, but... the characters and this story are too precious, too delicate, to rush. Itâs like planting a little seed and waiting for it to bloom into something beautiful đž I can already feel it taking shape, and I want you to join me on this small rideâdonât worry, the chapters wonât be as long as my usual brain dumps (and there wonât be too many, promise!) I really hope you fall for this sweet, tender, and oh-so-heartfelt version of Jimin as much as I have đ„čđ This whole series is a birthday gift for my lovely friend @remmykinsff đ„čđ
đžChapter #1 - Rebirth Word count: 5.6k | read â chapter one
đžChapter #2 - Who Word count: 8.8k | read â chapter two
đžChapter #3 - Alone Word count: 5.5k | read â chapter three
đžChapter #4 - Face-Off Word count: 6.8k | read â chapter four
đžChapter #5 - Showtime (m) Word count: 12k | read â chapter five *Releasing on Sunday 12th of January
đžChapter #6 - Like Crazy Word count: 8.3k | read â chapter six *Releasing on Sunday 19th of January
đžChapter #7 - Closer Than This Word count: 6k | read â chapter seven *Releasing on Sunday 26th of January
đžChapter #8 - Slow Dance (m) Word count: 11.2k | read â chapter eight *Releasing on Sunday 2nd of February
đžChapter #9 - Be Mine (m) [END] Word count: 6.2k | read â chapter nine *Releasing on Sunday 9th of February
The notes are small ficlets continuing the main story and healing for the couple đ
đ” The first note // notes from a very special day.
đ” The second note // notes about therapy.
đ” The third note // notes about therapy.
đ” The fourth note // notes about the summer breeze.
đ” The firth note // notes about expanding family⊠or not.
đ” The sixth note // notes about parentsâ meetings.
đ” The seventh note // notes about friendship and healing.
Are you excited? Because Iâm EXCITED! I know, I knowâIâve probably told you this about a million times already, but this story is so, so precious to me. And this Jimin? Ugh, donât even get me started. I honestly canât even find the words to describe how much he means to me đđ
That said, this is probably my last series (cue dramatic music đ»). Iâm like 99% sure, mainly because I scrapped another series I had plannedâit felt a little too close to something Iâd read recently. So yeah, this feels like the perfect (and emotional) way to close me writing a long series.
If youâre as excited as I am (or just a little, Iâll take it!), please let me know! Your enthusiasm fuels me more than caffeine ever could. And if you want to join the taglist for this one, just leave a comment, send me an ask, or slide into my DMs đ«âš
Letâs make this last series an unforgettable one đ
đžSeries taglist: @13-manggaetteok @mima795 đžpermanent taglist: @nora12379 @jeonsbabygirlsworld @fancypeacepersona @ktownshizzle @pjmxxjm @ajoonniice @kookiewithluv
#jimin x reader#jimin fanfic#jimin fanfiction#bts jimin fanfic#jimin fic#jimin smut#park jimin x reader#bts jimin x reader#jimin x you#jimin x y/n#jimin x oc#pjm smut#pjm x you#pjm x reader#park jimin#park jimin fanfic#park jimin imagines#park jimin smut#bts smut#bangtan smut#bts fanfiction#bts fanfic#bangtan fanfic#bangtan x reader#bangtan fic#fic: songs of the heart
388 notes
·
View notes
Text
â§WC: 1.5k
â§Notes: Idol Jungkook, Kpop Choreographer OC, exes, kinda happy ending?, SLIGHTLY inspired by All Night by ASTRO (stream) but itâs not sad :)), most likely a one shot
â©â©â©â©â©â©â©
Koođ: Itâs laughable how you pretend you donât care about me
The first message was sent at 11 PM.
Koo:đ: opn pls
You stare at the message illuminating your face in the darkness of your room. It was 3:18 in the morning when your phone pinged with a message from Jungkook who you had broken up with just a week prior to this. With a light scoff you decide to not even respond to it let alone let him know you read it. You lock your phone and place it on your nightstand and cover your body once more in an attempt to go back to sleep.
Just as you are about to slip back into your sweet dreams youâre interrupted by loud banging coming from the front door.
Oh god.
âY/N!!â heâs going to wake up your neighbors. Quickly throwing on a hoodie over your silk loose night shirt you do a little run to the front door.
âBaby please let me in! The key isnât working,â his words are slurred and his hair is a mess when you open the door. Your home is illuminated from the hallway lights and a grin from Jungkook who doesnât hesitate to hug you the moment his eyes land on yours.
âThe key wonât go in the keyhole,â he slurs tucking his head into your neck basically putting his entire weight on you.
You canât turn him away. Heâs clearly drunk in the middle of the night. Besides, itâs not like you ended on the most horrible terms. You had simply pointed out he was too busy with his work and no longer gave you the attention you desired in this relationship. He was clearly against it but he too decided it was better for the both of you. Since then you havenât bothered to text him too busy with friends, family, and most importantly work.
You let out a grunt and push him away without fully letting him go. âJungkook go sit on the couch,â you point to an area heâs well familiar with. Having dated for 2 years after all but he whines and shakes his head. âNo no I want to be with you,â he attempts to go back into your embrace but you stop him and repeat your instructions.
âJungkook go sit on the couch. Iâm going to prepare you a tea,â He holds your gaze allowing you to notice the tears forming in the corners of his doe eyes. âYou donât love me anymore,â Shit. What do you say to that?
You do still love him but would it be confusing to say the truth and confuse drunk Jungkook. Heâs already proving to be enough work so you try to avoid answering.
âJungkook I care about you which is why Iâm going to make you a warm tea so you feel better later,â you say.
âSo you donât love me?â his tone is childish with a whine. Something that always made you give in to whatever he wanted to do. Like when he wanted to go to the arcade with you but you had to focus on something works related happening very soon. He convinced you with his cute doe eyes and tone.
You avoid his question once more before pushing the front door shut and turning on your living room lights walking him to the couch he bought you. He helped you move into this apartment 1 year ago and had a good laugh when he realized you barely had any furniture so he settled on buying it for you. You wanted to resist but he was very persistent so in the end you just let him. He let you choose which one and the following week it had arrived.
Letting him fall slowly on the soft surface you grab the throw blanket beside him and throw it over his body. You walk to your kitchen and grab the pot, filling it with water, and placing it on the stove.
âBaby Iâm really tired. Letâs go to bed?â his voice is loud from the living room but you ignore it. You canât have this conversation right now. Heâs drunk.
As your grubbing the mug you hear his phone go off and him answering.
âJin hyungggg,â his cheery tone seems to confuse the older because Jungkookâs response was, âNothing Iâm fine,â with his slurred speech not helping his case.
âNo hyung Iâm with my girlfriend,â his eyes seem to slowly close giving into exhaustion before heâs handing the phone over to you.
âHello?â
âY/N?â his voice is shaky.
âWho else?â unless he was already with someone else who else would but you would he be with.
âSorry Iâm just out of it I think. Do you want Joon and I to go pick up the kid?â they seem to have already entered their car because the background goes quiet waiting for your response.
âI think you guys should just go home. Itâs late and itâs not like I donât know how to handle him,â you look at him noticing heâs only half conscious when your statement makes him smile.
âAre you sure? We donât want to have him be a bother to you. You know with the wholeâŠâ you sigh before you tell them itâs fine and hang up placing the phone next to Jungkook realizing his screen has not changed. Itâs still the picture he took of you on your trip to Japan for your first 100 days of dating. Your smile grows slightly before his phone turns off and you turn your heel back to the kitchen.
Resuming your act of serving his tea you grab his usual mug and pour his favorite tea into his favorite mug blowing on it and making your way back into the living room.
Heâs snoring at this point but you donât want his hangover to be too bad. He knows how to handle his liquor well but the hangovers were always present in the mornings. Never too bad but always there.
âJungkook,â no response, âJungkook,â earns you a minor hum from him, âKoo,â and that does it. His eyes open, not fully, and he moves a bit.
âJungkook you should drink your tea,â you point to the mug previously set on your coffee table, also bought by him, in the hopes he grabs it and takes a sip but instead he looks at you nonchalantly and closes his eyes once more.
âJungkook~â you shake him gently before he opens his eyes once more.
âJust drink this then you can sleep,â you say.
âI think we should just head to bed now, baby. Iâm tired,â he says causing you to let out a deep sigh.
âJungkook please,â he grunts but sits up as best as he can and takes ahold of the red and black mug and flinches when the liquid touches his tongue.
âOw! Itâs hot baby,â his eyes shut tight but you give no response. Instead you head back to your room and open your closet door picking the extra blankets and pillows before dragging them back to him.
âDo you want me to set this up for you?â You ask him. Watching him take another small sip, he looks up at you with his eyebrows furrowed when his sight lands on the bedding.
âBaby are you upset with me? Why canât I sleep in your bed tonight?â You could be upfront but again are faced with the same dilema.
âI just-Iâm not feeling too well. I donât want you to catch anything,â your response seems to put his nerves at ease.
âI donât mind it though you know that. Remember that time you had the flu and I came over and then I later got sick? I donât mind it,â his argument only gets, âJungkook thatâs because we kissed while I was sick,â you place the items on the couch.
âI think we did more than kiss baby,â his teases cause you to softly hit his arm.
âYou can set it up yourself,â making your way back into your bedroom his voice it heard again.
âSweet dreams my love!â
âGoodnight!â You close your door not trusting yourself to deny him back in your bed. To sleep. Obviously. Nothing more.
With a heavy sigh you look at your clock reading 3:39 AM.
You still love and care for Jungkook but with his schedule and yours it just wasnât right. He was busy with practice and performances while you were basically in the dance practice room constantly trying to perfect and teach dances for idols. Your work schedules constantly overlapped so when you got even the slightest amount of time with him you never took it for granted. Which is why the morning of when you turn and see Jungkook peacefully asleep in your bed you donât care. You donât push him off. You donât get up. You forget about your breakup and allow yourself this. You let him hold you tightly like itâs the last because it very well may be.
#jeon jungkook#jeon jungkook x reader#jungkook fic#jungkook fluff#jungkook imagine#jungkook x oc#jungkook x reader
484 notes
·
View notes
Text
risqué ; timestamp #17
pairing; risquĂ©!jk x risquĂ©!oc (ft. jkâs bestie kim seokjin)
genre; fluff? idk lol
OBS! this timestamp is a follow up to the âteasing photosâ drabble and I didnât proofread so if you see any mistakes, no you donât
[4:48 pm]Â another picture ticks in on jungkookâs phone. itâs been a couple of hours since the meeting he was in when you sent the first ones. he huffs out a dry, chuckle of disbelief when he opens the text from you, the picture you sent him not what he expected â instead of a teasing lingerie picture, itâs a selfie of you, sitting on his couch. the picture is taken from above, your head resting on the back of the couch as you smile cutely at the camera.
âwaiting for you ... <3âČ is what the text says.
jungkook smiles to himself, too distracted by your pretty face to hear a single word of what seokjin says. it isnât until seokjin snaps his fingers over jungkookâs desk to catch his attention that jungkook tears his gaze from his phone to the man sitting across from him. seokjin arches an eyebrow at jungkook, waiting patiently for an explanation.
âstop smiling at your phone like that,â seokjin huffs when jungkook doesnât elaborate. he leans back in his seat while staring at jungkook with a disturbed expression. âitâs creeping me out.â
âsorry,â jungkook chuckles, hitting send to the reply he typed out for you before putting his phone down on top of his desk.
seokjin looks confused and slightly baffled when jungkook returns his full attention to him. âwhoâs texting you?â
âuh...â jungkook begins, pursing his lips before continuing, the word that leaves his mouth sounding unusual coming from him. âmy girlfriend...?â
seokjinâs eyes widen, âyour girlfriend?â
jungkook nods.
âsince when?â
jungkook shrugs, âa few months ago i think.â
âyou think?â seokjin blinks at jungkook.
âyeah, weâre not really keeping trackâŠâ jungkook admits and shrugs again, not really thinking much of it. neither of you have been keeping track of how long youâve been seeing each other. itâs been at least a few months but jungkook really isnât sure.
âwhat- why- I canât believe you have a girlfriend!â
jungkook watches as the gears turn in his older friendâs head, desperately trying to comprehend this new information. he doesnât blame him for being shocked. âgirlfriendâ has never been a word in jungkookâs vocabulary but truth be told, he never planned for this to happen.
it just did.
and he would be lying if he said he didnât enjoy the fact that he has a girlfriend now.
âyouâve been dating this girl for months and you didnât even tell me! what the hell is wrong with you, jungkook?â
seokjin is offended and jungkook finds it amusing, a lazy grin spreading upon his lips as he leans back in his office chair and kicks his feet up. seokjin is married with kids and doesnât have an ounce of gossip nor drama in his life so the least he expects from his friends is for them to tell him about their scandalous love lives. but it seems jungkook is settling and seokjin canât believe his own ears.
âwell?â seokjin presses, âwho is she?â
jungkookâs eyes glance to his phone where a new text from you pops up, your name and the emojis you put after your contact name centered on his screen. he leaves it for now though as his long-time friend is desperately waiting for answers on the other side of the desk. and so jungkook sighs and brings a hand up to run it through his hair.
âitâs, um⊠well, itâs ____.â
seokjinâs lips part as he gapes at jungkook, always the dramatic one when it comes to reactions.
â____ as in your bossâ daughter, ____?â
jungkook presses his lips together and nods, âthatâd be her.â
âdamnâŠâ
âitâs really not a big deal-â jungkook then starts but seokjin soon interrupts.
ânot a big deal?â he scoffs, âyouâve been living the single life for years but now you have a girlfriend and you call it âno big dealâ? this is HUGE.â
another sigh leaves jungkook as he rolls his eyes heavenward at his friendâs dramatic response. like jungkook said, itâs not that big of a deal. besides, your father doesnât know yet. the only person jungkook has told is seokjin just now and heâs going to keep it that way until the two of you have agreed on telling your father. until then, you and jungkook will keep it under the radar for everyoneâs sake.
âhey, listen- ____âs dad doesnât know yet so promise me you wonât go blabbering about it before we get the chance to tell him.â
seokjin furrows his brows, âI donât blab-â
âdude, you do nothing but blab-â jungkook scoffs.
âtrueâŠâ seokjin sighs.
#risquĂ© jjk#risque timestamp#bts#jungkook#bts jungkook#jeon âjungkook#jungkook oneshot#jungkook fsnfic#jungkook drabble#jeon jeongguk#smut#fluff#angst#jungkook smut#jungkook fluff#jungkook angst#bts smut#bts angst#bts fluff#kpop#kpop fanfic#bts fanfic#bts oneshot#jungkook fanfic
208 notes
·
View notes
Note
Can I please request a reader that has been so traumatised by whatâs happened in the Scarabia book that they actively avoid the entire dorm and have Ace and Deuce as their guard dogs (I love those two and I really love how you wrote them as the readers protective besties during the Malleus break up fic). Like how would Kalim, Jamil and Adeuce react to that?
I find it really cathartic when I read fics that have the characters feeling guilty after what they put the reader through whilst the reader is getting support from their friends.
(Something Iâm really salty about in twst is how no one ever holds the overblots accountable for what theyâve done. I full on agreed with Ace when he told Riddle that crying wasnât going to erase all that he did before the overblot and I literally fell in love with him when he punched Riddle after he insulted us/Yuu/the player. I understand that those boys are traumatised and are in desperate need of therapy and overblotting was the only way for their problems to be solved but the treatment they inflicted on Yuu/us was downright hellish. Azul made us homeless and tore us away from the only family/comfort we had in twst (the ghosts) and then sent the tweels to terrorise us in our attempts to reclaim said home and free our friends from servitude; Jamil kidnapped us, hypnotised us, locked us up in a room against our will, isolated us from Adeuce and took away any contact we had with them, forced us on long marches in the dessert and turned a blind eye to our clear suffering during that time; Vil acted like a literal demon to not only us (and then almost made my Deucey cry) but everyone else as well and that was before he decided to try to murder an innocent teenager. Like why does no one understand just how much this can damage an actual child who has no magic and has been stripped from their home and family?)
Reader Terrified of Scarabia After Jamilâs Overblot
TW: PTSD; Mental Breakdown; Disassociation; Mentions of Abuse; Kalim and Jamil are tragic
Info: Ace, Deuce x Reader (platonic or romantic); Kalim, Grim x Reader (platonic); Jamil and Reader (neutral)
đI love requests like this tbh. My own OC sorta has her own grapplings with this stuff that I like to touch upon, and Iâm excited I get the chance to talk about it here :) THIS IS LONG AS HELL BTW(like this intro here lol). I had a lot of fun writing it :))) I added a cute, shorter little grim part, because our little guy deserves more lovinâ than he gets. I also decided to do a cute little (read: long) intro, and then head cannons since you didnât specify for either. I hope you enjoy this style, and Iâm sorry for the wait <3
You had been through⊠a lot in your time at Night Raven College. Being thrown into a completely different world wouldâve been enough, but it seems that the great seven thought you needed some extra troubles. You werenât sure how you couldâve encored their wrath, but you were, and you were chugging along despite it all.
First was the attack from the phantom in the mines â something that shouldâve been foreshadowing for what was to come. You didnât even do anything to be in this position. It was Ace Grim and Deuce, but you got dragged into it all because you were âGrimâs keeper.â You managed to befriend Ace and Deuce though, so it wasnât so bad.
Second was Riddle with his unending temper and strict rules. Despite everything telling you to just stay out of it, your good-natured heart just couldnât stop you from helping Ace and Deuce. Nearly dying in the process, you managed to help Riddle and made newfound friends in Heartslabyul.Â
Third came Leona, the selfish, stuck-up, lazy no-good prince of the Savannah. You knew he was trouble from the start, and you wanted nothing to do with him or his little lackey Ruggie. Then he hurt Trey, and you couldnât stand by while he reigned terror on the school. He was a favorable ally to gain in the end, so you could dismiss his actions so long as he kept in his lane.
Fourth was Azul, another student you figured would cause you trouble. With the extra scary Jade and Floyd always tailing him, and that too buttery sweet voice of his, you were determined to keep your distance. Again, however, your friends were in trouble and you couldnât help but help them. Azul was a broken person, and you could sympathize with his struggles. He even gave you a job at the lounge to help with funding yourself, so he couldnât be all that bad.
Youâd come to dislike the other house wardens out of principle. A pattern had emerged among them, and you werenât going to fall victim to another horrific overblot. You still had suction cup-shaped bruises on your arm from Azulâs breakdown. Leona had given you more than just a nasty burn from the scalding hot whirlwind of sand he conjured up. The scars Riddle left behind on your face and arms were healed, but they still ached when you touched them. All painful reminders that you could not truly trust anyone here, that anyone could lose control of themselves and hurt you. YetâŠ
When you met Jamil in the kitchen, he seemed so kind to both you and Grim. He seemed so genuine and honest. Maybe it was wishful thinking, or maybe it was you missing your friends, but you wanted to trust him despite your gut feeling to be distrustful. Could everyone here really be that bad? Certainly not. Ace Deuce and Jack went here as well⊠so surely⊠surelyâŠ
The alarm bells didnât ring at all during the dinner, and Kalim â despite everything youâve been through â seemed so nice, if not a little overbearing. You could see the tiredness on Jamil's face, and you had the kindness in your heart to express your sympathies. And oh, Jamil so humbly assured you that he was fine. Filling your head with little half-truths and ideas that Kalim had been overworking not only him but the other students. That he had been acting âoffâ as of late.
You saw Kalimâs sudden shifts in personality. How he would be so sweet, so kind and soft. How he made sure you were enjoying yourself, made sure you ate to your heart's content, made sure you were comfortable in your uniform and your sleeping quarters. Then he would be yelling at everyone, demanding unspeakable exercises and work.
If Ace were there with you, he wouldâve called bullshit. Still, you trusted Jamil to start. You actually believed he was kind and had good intentions. You believed that Kalim was the real evil here.
Then he wouldnât let you and Grim leave, and the students were suddenly so aggressive toward you. He took everything you had and stripped you of your dignity and pride until there was nothing left but fight.
Truly, you didnât realize it was him that was the issue until he was over-blotting in front of your eyes. It wasnât an unusual sight to you at that point, youâd defeated multiple overblots and befriended these people. You donât know what it was. The way youâd trusted him. The fact that you felt truly alone without Ace and Deuce. This one broke youâŠ
You just didnât feel a damn thing after he was saved. You felt no pity, no joy, no relief. Absolutely nothing, an empty void in your chest. Even as everyone around you celebrated, there was nothing. You stood watching everyone parade around with glee blankly, unable to speak to anyone around you. Just listening to the voices that had begun to mesh together.
You didnât show anything until Ace and Deuce showed up. Something about their faces, the way they were looking over you, the way they seemed so scared for your wellbeing⊠it made you cry. It made you cry and cry and cry until you couldnât make any noise and then you cried some more. They had to drag you away from everyone because you just couldnât quite stand upright when Deuce would try to get you to walk away with himâŠ
The days after were blurry. You remained holed up in your dorm, unable to really move from your bed. Ace and Deuce stayed in their own separate room next to yours. You could hear them talking through the walls about how worried they were about you, how angry they were at Jamil, how angry they were at themselves for not getting there in time to help you. If youâd had the energy, you wouldâve scolded them for being so hard on themselves, but you could hardly speak in the first place.
They cared for you as best as they could. Deuce attempted to cook the recipes Trey sent him over magicam, making sure you ate and stayed hydrated. Occasionally youâd hear Azul downstairs, and Deuce would give you something nice from the Monstrolounge â free of charge, he promised. You could tell that he wasnât sleeping much in his worry over you.Â
Grim remained at your side as loyal as a dog and boasting that heâd keep you safe, but you knew he was scared too. He proclaimed that he would keep you safe, but you could feel him trembling at every sudden noise. You had to comfort him from the horrific nightmares he was having. That was okay, though, he was family and you were his.
Ace was the only one who really kicked your ass into gear. Heâd tug you out of bed and into the shower as people began to return from winter break. Made you go on walks around campus to show you that you were completely safe. Eventually, heâd been able to get you to visit Azul to thank him directly for his kindness. He wasnât soft or gentle with you, that wasnât in his character at all, but he made sure you felt safe enough to return to classes before they started.
They both worked hard to help you recover, but you were still so afraidâŠ
Ace
-Ace isnât exactly the most comforting person, and he never claimed to be.Â
-Heâs not good at reassuring people, but heâs good at being honest, and if he was being honest he knew that you were safe around him and Deuce.
-He walks you to and from classes, spends most of his nights in your dorm doing whatever the hell youâd like him to do without complaint, distracts you when youâre freaking out, and most importantly keeps that snake as far away from you as possible.
-If he was being honest with himself, which was his whole thing, he didnât really get your reaction to everything.Â
-Youâve all been through this before, it's textbook at this point. A guy does some shady shit, a guy gets caught doing said shady shit, a guy overblots, and you defeat a guy with the power of friendship. Boom. Done.
-Heâd get it more if you were completely alone, but grim and the octanivelle freaks were there! Kalim too, and heâs always seemed pretty nice. Not the best company, sure, but still you had people helping you out.
-When he looks at your face and sees how tired you are, he forgets the logical stuff. All he can hear are those horrific sobs you let out when you saw him and how you nearly ripped his uniform in half with how tightly you were holding him and Deuce.
-If that was too much for him, he canât imagine how badly it mustâve felt for you. How bad it must still feel.
-So screw what he thinks, heâs gotta make sure youâre taking care of yourself.
-He doesnât ask you how youâre feeling, he knows it's not good. He focuses on keeping your mind off of everything that might trigger you.
-Reroutes your paths to classes to avoid Jamil and Kalim completely. Sure itâs longer and more annoying, but it's better than you going dead silent and shutting him and everyone else out again.
-He does everything in his power and youâre doing so well⊠and then the VDC happens.Â
-Youâre given the title of manager and youâre forced to be around these people who terrify you.Â
-Vil wonât budge on anything and sevens Ace wishes Rook would let him try out a little target practice with the (illegal) bow and arrows heâs got in his room.
-He keeps himself between you and Jamil at all costs. He wonât let Jamil bother you at all, not that he was trying in the first place.
-The real issue is Kalim, which sounds crazy, but itâs true.
-Kalim is soâŠÂ forceful. A pretty strong word, but honestly the only one Ace can think to use.
-Heâs really nice, really sweet, seriously such a good guy⊠but youâre still unsettled by him.
-There are several times during practices that Ace has to yell at him to just leave you alone.
-Sure, it gets him a pretty big scolding from Vil, but he couldnât care less honestly. He doesnât wanna risk you having a panic attack because Vil doesnât wanna be a responsible leader.
-You confide in Ace a lot. How you really want to move past all this, but Crowley wonât provide you with any form of therapy, and youâre just not ready to forgive Jamil or Kalim for what happened.
-He wonât tell you this, but hearing you talk like this breaks his heart.
-Youâre normally so strong, so brave, so confident⊠and now youâre absolutely broken.
-Heâs proud of you for putting on a brave face to placate Vil, but heâs angry you have to.
-Surprisingly, though, you do begin to warm up to Kalim. Just a little.Â
-It's only when Ace, Deuce, or Grim is around, but it's a really big step forward in his eyes.
-Youâre getting back to where you used to be little by little.
-He still wonât give you or Jamil the chance to reconcile, but you honestly couldnât be more grateful for that.
Deuce
-Deuce is incredibly different from Ace in how he handles everything.
-Heâs a delinquent, sure, but heâs a Mamaâs boy at heart. Therefore, heâs much more equipped to help you emotionally through all this than Ace.
-Where Ace is the harsh pushing force to keep you going, Deuce is the calm where you can rest and cry your heart out for as long as you need.
-As I mentioned, he makes sure youâre eating and drinking and at least speaking to someone.
-He asks Trey for recipes without leading on to whatâs going on and asks Cater for advice on helping someone feel safe after a traumatic experience.
-Itâs not subtle, but it helps.
-He handles making all your meals, even though he isnât the best cook, he absolutely puts all his heart and soul into everything he makes.
-A good portion of his days are dedicated to cooking for you, and he gets pretty damn good at it by the time classes start up again!
-With Samâs shop closed, he has to go into town to get the ingredients he needs, and then he has to spend hours preparing and serving the food.
-He watches you eat, encouraging you that everything is safe and that he made it all by himself by hand.Â
-He doesnât question why things ended up this way for you, he wonders how can I help?
-And he does help, a lot, more than just with food.
-Sometimes, late at night, he hears you crying alone in your room. He gets up from his own bed, quietly enters your room, and holds you and grim while you both tremble in fear.
-It makes him so mad. Mad that this happened to you. Mad that Jamil did this in the first place. Mad that he couldnât help more than he already is.Â
-Like Ace, he accompanies you to all your classes and makes sure to stay close to your side if any Scarabia students are around.
-Heâll go anywhere you need him to, and if youâre not comfortable being alone and heâs got plans, youâre invited to join him. No matter what anyone else thinks.
-Things get better little by little. You make strides in your ability to be independent again and youâre smiling and joking around like you used to. You even agreed to try out for the VDC with him and Ace⊠a big mistake.
-He didnât expect to actually get in, let alone get in with Jamil and Kalim. If it were just that he couldâve been civil, but no, you had to be dragged in too⊠because thatâs always how it works out.
-He has to hold himself from getting in Jamilâs face more than once because just him looking at you is enough to send you into a clear panic attack.
-Deuce does his best to comfort you between all of this, though. Being your shoulder to cry on and trying his best to be your protector⊠it's just hard. Hard to see you like that, and hard to keep his cool for your sake.
-It's worse with Kalim because both you and Deuce know he means well. You both know he wants to reconcile, but youâre not quite ready.
-Deuce helps the confrontation with the two feel a bit easier though. He acts as a mediator between you and Kalim, and eventually, heâs proud to say he helped you trust Kalim just a little bit.
-Jamil⊠both of you could use some work, but Deuce is more willing to hear you out on him than Ace is.
Grim
-Grim was there with you the whole time. He understands the fear youâre feeling deeper than anyone else.
-He could just tell something was wrong the second he saw your face. Despite all the celebrations, he was focused on making sure you were at least a little okay.
-He tried to talk to you, tried to make you feel okay, but the only comfort he could offer you was letting you hold him while you cried.
-He could still hear your cries, and they made him want to cry too. He almost did, but he was your guard cat â he had to be strong for you.
-Unlike Ace and Deuce, he never left your side. Not a second. He was there with you from the moment you were unwittingly kidnapped to the sleepless nights in your dorm to the horror of finding out youâd have to work closely with Jamil for the VDC.
-He made his distaste for him very known, sure to make a snarky comment at least once every time he saw him.Â
-It was so bad, at one point, that Vil had to give him a stern talking to. He didnât stop regardless.
-You are Grimâs best friend, the only family he has, and Jamil hurt you in unspeakable ways. He couldnât just sit back and be okay with that.
-Heâs really such a good guy.
Kalim
-Kalim means well. With his whole heart, he has the best intentions⊠just not the best execution.
-See, he didnât notice initially that anything was really wrong the whole time.
-He didnât suspect Jamil at all. In fact, he thought that you were really enjoying your stay in Scarabia, you seemed so happy and chatty up until Jamil flipped things on their head.
-Call him air-headed, but he was caught up in his own whirlwind of emotions at the time. You know, the whole betrayal of his supposed best friend took a toll on him too.
-It wasnât until you were sobbing your throat raw that he realized something was really wrong.
-The look of sheer terror on your face when you made eye contact with him sent shivers up his spine.
-He knew that look. Heâd worn that look on his own face too many times as a young child.
-Believe it or not, without Jamilâs intervention, he knew to keep his distance. He knew he had to give you time to adjust.
-Then a few days turned into weeks and weeks turned into a little over a month, and he had hardly seen you around campus.
-You are avoiding your normal route to class, and when he did see you he was also greeted by the harsh glares of your good friends.
-He understood if youâd never want to talk to him ever again, honestly. He couldnât blame you. You were more headstrong than him, after all.
-Still, when the VDC came around⊠he was hopeful. Truly he was hoping that something would give.
-He would talk to you in hopes of showing you that he meant no harm, but Ace or Deuce or even Grim would shove their way between the two of you.
-Several times Jamil had to tell him to knock it off because âItâs not worth forcing.â
-Still, he wanted you to know he felt bad. He felt horrible.
-In a very un-Kalim-like move, he quietly asks you if you can speak with him. Alone. But in a crowded enough area that you wouldnât feel threatened.
-He didnât expect you to accept it, he wouldnât have blamed you at all. But you said yes.Â
-You showed up, with Grim by your side, which was fine. He earned some apologies too.
-He poured his heart out to you, apologizing for things that he couldnât even control. In turn, he listened to you rant about how scared you were, how angry you were, how you wished you were any of these things.
-And after that, things improved. Slowly, but surely. You became more comfortable around him, and you spoke to him again.
-Sure, you wouldnât be caught dead at one of Scarabiaâs parties, but you considered him a friend.Â
-Thatâs all he could ask for.
Jamil
-Jamil is the monster in your story.Â
-Heâs the evil guy who kidnapped, manipulated and lied to you.
-Heâs the one who used his misplaced anger as an excuse to hurt others.
-Heâs the boogyman who made you endure days of long and hard training, just because he could.
-Of course, he felt bad. What he did was unspeakable, but he was more concerned with how his reputation would last after the overblot.
-More concerned with it not getting out for the safety of his family.
-Even with you sobbing, he just thought you were being dramatic in all honesty. You have a reputation already, he knew youâd been through this whole thing before.
-It didnât really strike him how badly it affected you.
-He didnât notice how you switched paths, how you were never in the same area as him for long, and the glares of your friends never once phased him.
-Even Aceâs snarky comments during basketball didnât bother him for a second.
It wasnât until he accidentally bumped into you in the hallway, and he saw the look on your face that he realized.
-The terror in your eyes, the way you shrunk back as if he would strike you. It was the same way his parents acted around the Asimâs.
-If he were a more insane man, he mightâve found it liberating, but it wasnât.
-He had become what he hated to you, he had done what he hated to you.Â
-Jamil was not only your monster, but he was his own.
-He steers clear of you and keeps as much distance as possible for both your sakes.
-He couldnât handle someone looking at him like that, and he was sure you couldnât handle the sight of him after what he did.
-Still, this is NRC, and luck is never on anyone's side here.
-Both of you are forced into a position where you cannot escape the other, you have to learn to live with the awful pits in your stomachs.
-He keeps Kalim away until you both are on good terms, then he simply watches quietly.
-He wonât apologize, he wonât antagonize, he wonât speak unless spoken to.
-You two never truly recover your small lasting friendship, but you do make amends with each other.
-During the trip to the scalding sands, you get to meet Najma, whom heâs confided in about âaccidentally upsetting a classmateâ.
-You get to have a good talk with her, and it makes you really realize some things about Jamil.
-You realize heâs just as broken as you, just as tired as you, and that he feels the most immense amount of guilt for hurting you.
-You, being you, find it in your soul to forgive him.
-Nothing really changes between you. The guilt is still there, and the fear still shakes you to your core, but you both have closure.
-In a situation like this, closure is the best grace a person can ever have.
#twst#twisted wonderland#bunni's treats đ§#twst x reader#twisted wonderland x reader#x reader#jamil viper#kalim al asim#ace trappola#deuce spade#grim twst#deuce spade x reader#ace trapolla x reader#jamil viper x reader#kalim al asim x reader#kalim x reader
1K notes
·
View notes
Note
hi !!!!! i love your hotch x oc x reid fic so much, literally got to work late because you updated and i just HAD to read it when the notif came in !
can i request a kinda fluff-y turning to smut fic about maybe reader's small hands compared to spencer's large hands (his hands are so INTOXICATING).
maybe the fluff part can be kinda cute with their first time holding hands starting from that "oh lets compare hand sizes" and then intertwining fingers?? one of the best spencer fic tropes/hcs is when he's usually not enthusiastic abt touching but when its You he loves it and hes been so touched starved DHSKDHHD // and then the smut can kinda be like how reader's hands make his dick look huge (or smth! im sorry this is my first time requesting a fic!!)
i hope im not coming out as being too demanding !! you can have all the freedom w this !!!! sorry sorry for the long request đđđ
love your work !!! đ
HANDS, HANDS, and HANDS-------------
A/N: AHHHH your mind!!!!! I LOVE IT <3
we need a whole episode just dedicated to his hands fr!
thank you so much for requesting and the kind words, I hope I did it justice <3 xoxo
â§âË â©Â°ïœĄâ⥠âËâĄâĄ âËâĄâĄâïœĄÂ°â©Ëââ§
pairings: spencer reid x fem!reader
warnings: 18+ minors dni, hand kink, praise, size kink, m receiving oral, take a shot every time someone says sorry
wc: 1.9k
Your infatuation with Dr. Spencer Reid was an open book to everyone--damn profilers--well, everyone except the man of the hour, Dr. Reid himself. It was hard to say when it all started. Subtle changes crept in--the extra care you took in choosing your outfits to work; the way words suddenly became hurdles in conversations with him; the sensation of your heart nearly leaping out of your chest anytime he was in the vicinity.Â
Despite your skills as a profiler, deciphering Dr. Reid was like trying to read braille through gloves. So, you pushed those feelings down, crushing them beneath a metaphorical heel to maintain professionalism. It wasn't exactly a successful strategy, but that wasn't the point. You reassured yourself that even if romance wasn't in the cards, friendship was the next best thing. And what a friend he was--remarkable in every way, which is why you found yourself here, in his apartment, dissecting case files together. It was a friendly gesture, surely, to escape the office when it becomes a little too suffocating.Â
You felt your pulse race as he brought his fingers to his lips, preparing to sift through the stack of papers. A dryness clutched at your throat, fingers nervously fidgeting with the hem of your skirt, while you're sure your eyes betrayed a cartoonish adoration, practically orbiting with hearts. Forgotten was your own paperwork that now served as a makeshift blanket for your thighs, as he spoke. Your arm claimed the territory along the back of the couch, with your own hand gently propping up your check, a picture of relaxed attentiveness.
In the midst of his lecture about the golden ratio and its prevalence in nature, Spencer suddenly grabs a nearby book, flips to a diagram of a human hand, and says, "Did you realize that our hands are a prime example of this phenomenon? Give me your hand."
Your eyebrows knit together, your head angling subtly towards the boy genius. "Sorry, what?"
Without a word, Spencer lays your hand upon the diagram's expanse. Amidst the book, your hand seems smaller, delicate, a stark contrast the bold lines drawn on paper.Â
He looks at you with a soft smile. "See, the size of one's hand doesn't really correlate with the golden ratio--it's more about the proportions within the hand itself. For instance, the length of your fingers compared to your palm, or the distance between the tip of your thumb and the tip of your pinky stretched out."
His hand leads yours across the pages, but you're barely registering the words. Instead, you're acutely aware of the warmth of his touch, causing your thighs to clench on their own accord, your mind tumbling over itself.
"Your hands are actually significantly smaller than the average," he comments, almost to himself. The statement is harmless, yet he finds his imagination wandering. He quickly refocuses, saying, "The range of hand sizes is quite broad, which is interesting biologically. Here--"
He extends his hand, palm open, beside yours--a natural extension of your conversation, yet he shifts slightly against the couch. Spencer was taken aback by his own actions. Physical touch was something he generally recoiled from, but here he was, seeking yours out. He realized this had become a habit, finding reasons to be near you, to feel your touch. Anytime there was something to be handed to you at work, he was quick to volunteer, all for the fleeting possibility of a brush of fingers.
He watched, captivated, as you aligned your palm with his, matching up the bottom of your palms. His attention was drawn to the stark difference between your hands; his, significantly larger, seemed to engulf yours entirely. He found the sight unexpectedly compelling. The disparity in size stirred his curiosity, leading him to wonder how your hand would look clasped around his cock.
His thumb grazed the back of your hand in a subconscious motion as he pondered out loud. "Did you know," he began, his voice sinking an octave, "that the ratio of the lengths of our second to fourth fingers is believed to correlate with various hormones, affecting the way we interact with others."
You found yourself holding your breath as you mapped the shape of your hands together, a subtle dampness beginning to form between your legs. This is what got you worked up? Clearly, you mused, getting laid was overdue.Â
As if guided by a force beyond your control, your fingers gradually intertwined, each finger fingers its perfect counterpart. Recoiling as if from a burn, you realized the intimacy of the gesture, a rush of apologies escaping your lips. "Oh, sorry, I didn't mean to-"
A blush crept up Spencer's neck as he hastened to interject. "No, no, it's completely fine, really."
The moment passed, and you both redirected your focus to the paperwork. Yet, the routine task did little to dispel the residual thoughts of his touch. The size difference, the feeling of his larger hand wrapping around yours, and how ideally his fingers would look pumping inside of you or wrapping around your throat. It all kept playing on your mind, a silent movie that you can't stop watching.
Spencer too, seems lost in thought, his gaze drifting from the files to your hands--manicured and delicate. He watches, seemingly without awareness, as those same hands idly toy with the hem of your skirt, or the way they spin your earring when deep in thought. To him, these minor actions have suddenly become fascinating.
Spencer's voice cuts through the stillness as he resumes his concentration on the work before him. "How do you interpret this?" he probes, touching a finger to a page of the file perched on his lap.
You lean in, curiosity leading you to reach for the file. Your actions freeze momentarily as your knuckles brush against his crouch. You pause, blinking deliberately, as you second-guess what you felt. He was hard as a rock.
You could feel the heat rushing to your cheeks, eyes growing wide with surprise. "Oh, um, sorry," you muttered.Â
In a rapid movement, Spencer combed his fingers through his hair, causing the curls to obstruct his view. He snatched a pillow and tossed it in his lap, tilting his head back against the couch with a look of embarrassment. "No, I'm sorry, I, uh--"
Anticipating a scholarly lecture on the male hormones, you quickly interject. "Do you want help?"
Spencer's eyes grew wide as he regarded your face. Your lashes fluttered with a slow blink, your demeanor completely serious. His traced the flush of your cheeks, the gentle parting of your lips, the accelerated rise and fall of your chest. His head tilted slightly, expecting the punchline to follow.
He let out a puff of air. "Do I want what?"
He noted your head tilting to the side, mirroring his own actions. Your hand reached forward, poised to replace the pillow on his lap. Your pinky dragged across the material of his jeans, moving with excruciating slowness.Â
"That seems painful," you comment quickly, before your sudden courage fades. "Let can help."
You moved swiftly to his belt, and you could hear his breath hitch in short bursts. He murmured your name, his hand threading through your hair to grasp gently at the nape of your neck.
You shot him an innocent smile as you edged his pants down, just enough to access his boxers. Your smile made him believe he could come on the spot--the way you looked so eager, like you had been waiting for this. He let out a shaky breath as you released his length from his boxers.
You were engulfed in a dizzying feeling, your eyes widened to saucers as you seized his massive cock. "Holy shit, Spencer, you're huge."
You were barely aware of the words tumbling from your lips as you gawked. The impact on him was immediate, the intensity of your graze was maddening. Your small hands encircled his base, accentuating his size. His grasp on your neck grew firmer as he coaxed your head down.Â
"Don't play," came his growl, so out of character. Warmth bloomed in your face, excitement bubbling in your chest as your thighs clasped together.
You flashed him a gentle, unassuming smile as you hastily took him in your mouth. You felt like a new person, an unprecedented need flowing through you.
Spencer let out a sharp hiss as your lips met his cock, taking him as far as you could. He mentally thanked whatever gods existed, unsure of what he had done to deserve this. His hands deftly collected your hair in his grasp, aiding you in guiding him even deeper. His breaths hastened as he praised, "Good god, baby."
His words only egged you on, your movements turning sloppy as you bobbed up and down, working every inch of his cock. You never knew sucking a man off could be so enjoyable. You wanted to savor the moment, to savor him. You encircled the based with your other hand, granting yourself reach to what had been inaccessible to your mouth as you started to synchronize your movements.
"Look at you," Spencer muttered hoarsely, his gaze flickering to your hands. Those damn hands, they looked so perfect around him, even better than he imagined. "You look like you were made for this."
You moaned around him in response, the slickness between your legs starting to drop down your thighs upon his praise. This elicited a hiss from him, tightening his grip in your hair as he drew you away from his throbbing cock, spit trailing from your mouth as you separated.Â
"Wha-?" Your question hung in the air, marked by the crease of your confusion on your forehead.Â
He didn't let you finish, simply stating. "On your knees."
Without hesitation, you followed his direction, your hands clasped in anticipation as you moved from the couch to the floor, your balance settling back into your heels as he towered over you. "Open."
You complied with his command, easing your jaw as he guided himself onto your tongue. A soft moan escaped you, enveloping his cock. He coaxed his length into your mouth, your hands steadying on his thighs as he all but used your face.
Spencer's hands cradled your face, fully encompassing your cheeks as he thrusted into your mouth. His pulse thundered at a pace he hadn't thought possible, and fuck, he wouldn't mind if this was how death welcomed him. There you were, on your knees, so compliant around his cock. His breaths grew rapid as your nails trailed up his thighs.Â
"You're so good," he muttered, eyes casting down upon you, your glazed expression, the drool peeking out from the corners of your lips. "So good. 'M so close."
He moves to withdraw from your mouth, but your hands find their way to the back of his thighs, holding him in place, denying his escape. He exhales a deep, unrestrained moan, thrusting into your mouth once more, shallowing moving as the warm liquid fills your mouth.Â
He gazes, spellbound, as you swallow his come completely, your head lolling back in total bliss. In that instant, he realizes his willingness to do anything to keep you close, to see you like this--spent, disheveled, and content.
Breaking the silence, you ask, "Did that help?" His laughter, soft and subdued, fills the air as he reaches out, cupping your cheeks once more. He descends to meet you, his kiss messy and desperate, finding the taste of himself lingering on your lips as his hands untangle your knotted hair.Â
"You're amazing," he exhaled, their lips parting. "Now, let me return the favor."
#spencer reid#spencer reid x reader#spencer reid smut#mgg#matthew gray gubler#criminal minds fic#criminal minds smut#spencer reid fanfiction#spencer reid x you
780 notes
·
View notes
Text
You Can Have It - Chapter 2
Alpha!Feysand x Omega!Reader
chapter 1 | chapter 3 | series masterlist
Story Summary: You've been a baker for 75 years, and are finally moving on from the Winter Court to the City of Velaris to start your own bakery after your grandmother passes. After your grand opening, the High Lord and Lady of Night become daily visitors to your bakery for months, every day having your most popular pastry- one that increases fertility for a short time. All the while, the two alphas want nothing more than to call themselves yours.
Warnings: A/B/O Dynamics, mentions of sex toys, I really don't think there's anything else?
Words: ~7.8k
Author's Note: it's here! I struggled a lot to get writing with this chapter, I think it's because there's so much I want to happen! Things should start moving a bit quicker after this chapter, were done with most of the OC introductions (just lil friendos for reader to have outside of the inner circle~). Hopefully in the next chapter reader will meet Rhys and Feyre :)
18+ only pls
đ€đ©”đ€đđ€
You had been reading for a couple of hours before Mor returned to the inn, busting into your room as soon as you opened the door at her frantic knocks.
âI brought dinner!â Mor squealed as she set a bag onto the table in the middle of the room. âI went to Sevendaâs and got my favorite of hers, itâs this delicious pesto chicken pasta with broccoli in it, I think youâll love it! We just have to make sure to take the bowls back tomorrow, Sevenda made me promise and Iâve forgotten a couple of times already,â Mor said sheepishly, a grin on her face. She sat down and began pulling out the takeaway dishes along with napkins and utensils.
You sat down in the other chair, gladly taking your share of the heavenly smelling food and digging in. Mor followed suit, and the two of you ate happily in a comfortable silence for a moment.
âSo, were you able to set up a meeting with Auric already?â You asked Mor before taking another bite- it tasted even more amazing than it smelled.
Mor nodded. âYes, he agreed to tomorrow at two oâclock at this cute little cafĂ© just a couple of blocks down from here. He mainly wants to know your plans for the land before finalizing the sale. Auricâs family has owned the land since Velaris was founded, and since he doesnât have any children he just wants to make sure itâs a business with good intentions, I think.â
âThat makes sense, I would probably do the same in his position.â
âAgreed. I think heâll find a cozy bakery to be a perfect fit, he ran a custom paint and supply store once he took over, and I believe it was an apothecary before that.â
You smile softly at the knowledge that your bakery will be on land with such a long history, one that must have made so many people happy. âThe apothecary part will be somewhat carried on with my bakery, I have a few different pastries with special herbs in them to give different effects to the person that eats it. I have one that was very popular in the Winter Court, it helps to boost fertility. We started having a greater amount of births around every major holiday, thatâs when I would bake the most of them,â you gushed, always happy to talk about your baking.
âReally? Oh, that will be lovely! Since the war, everyone in Velaris has had their eyes turned to the future, and it seems almost everyone wants to have children nowadays. Once word gets around, youâd best be ready for constant business for that pastry alone.â Morâs words instilled confidence in you, something that you needed every so often to be sure youâre making the right choices.
A half hour later, Mor stood from her chair and began packing up the dishes. Before she left, she pulled a small metal card from her pocket and handed it to you. âThis is your bank card, youâll need it to make any purchases within Velaris. Kallias and Viviane had me set up an account for you and deposit your farewell bonus. Ten thousand for every year you worked for them, a total of 700,000 gold marks.â
â700,000?!â You asked in a frantic tone. That was to much- far, far too much. âThat- they must have made a mistake. Thatâs a ridiculous amount of gold!â
Mor only smiled at you as she answered, âNo, they were very specific about the amount. They said if you were panicking to tell you that five thousand every year was for your grandmother, and five thousand was for you. And to tell you that there is no way to convince them to take any of it back, so donât attempt.â Morâs smile turned to a grin when you stayed silent, still processing the immense wealth that you now possess. âIâll be here a bit before two tomorrow to show you to the cafĂ© for your meeting,â she said as she left your room, bag full of empty dishes in her hand.
âThank you, Mor. For everything youâve done today.â
One more bright, sunshine filled smile. âYouâre welcome, Y/N. Itâs no problem, youâve been lovely to get to know.â
You return her smile, and shut the door when she is out of sight. Standing alone in your hotel room, you suddenly feel the weight of your day crashing into your shoulders. You set your new bank card on the table, the weight of its wealth too heavy at the moment.
You made your way into the bathroom, carefully removing your dress from your body to not snag your wings on the fabric. Then you set to drawing the bath- luckily, it was fully enchanted with plumbing, allowing for hot water to fill the tub.
It was a bit smaller than you were used to, not quite the right size to fit a winged body, but it would do just fine until you could have your own custom tub made for your apartment.
As soon as the tub was filled, you sank into the warm water, keeping your wings out of the water for tonight- too much of a hassle to dry with how tired you are already.
You let the steam relax you, sinking into a soft, relaxed state of mind. It drifted to your grandmother- she had died today, but you werenât devastated. She had been in pain the past thirty six years, caused by the curse Amarantha had put upon her. Your grandmother had accidentally served burned pastries to the revel, one making its way to Amarantha herself. As Nannaâs punishment, the evil queen had cursed her blood to burn away slowly until she eventually passed.
But she was in peace now- able to move on to the next life, hopefully one thatâs happier, less filled with psychotic fae.
And here- here, you could believe that. Youâd seen so many different kinds of fae today, more than youâd seen at once Under the Mountain. Every one of them got along, there was only minor haggling and bickering to disrupt the peace. Besides that, everyone had sounded happy, unburdened.
It was nice.
The Winter Court, even six years after Amaranthaâs fall, was still struggling to find the same freeness that this city radiated.
Your grandmother would have loved it here, the two Palaces dedicated to food stuffs alone might have convinced her to move here.
You would love it twice as much, just for her. She had always wanted you to live a full life, one of joy, hopefully with an alpha and a family of any size. She had been an omega as well, understanding that need, that overwhelming desire to have a family, an alpha that loves you.
When you presented, your mother and father had already passed, taken by a brutal pneumonia that had overtaken most of your village. Your grandmother had been the only family left to teach you, and she had done all she could to prepare you for your secondary sex and all that came with it.
You had yet to take an alpha, ever. During your few heats before being trapped Under the Mountain, you had taken a beta as your lover, trusting him enough to help you through them.
And Under the Mountain⊠Well, you were lucky enough to have been relegated to the kitchens at all times besides during your grandmotherâs punishment. No alphas had been allowed to work at kitchen staff, so you were kept relatively hidden during your heats, though they had been less frequent due to the stress, possibly even from the magic sucked from your body.
Now, though, they had returned in full force, three months apart and stronger than ever. Viviane had been kind enough to show you to the small shop dedicated to sex toys in the square of the capital city, some of them designed to mimic a knot.
The toy you had gotten that day had seen you through your last six years of heats, along with a special blend of herbs your grandmother had created that lessened the symptoms to a close to manageable level.
Now, though, in a new city? Maybe you could find an alpha for yourself, as well as follow your lifelong dream. You let yourself drift off and think about what your alpha might be like as you washed your body.
As soon as you were clean, you got out and dried yourself off. You wrapped yourself in the towel and padded into the bedroom once more, finally ready to unpack your things.
It went quickly enough, you hung up your dresses and put away your romance novels and cookbooks. One of them was your grandmotherâs entire catalog of recipes, all of her tricks to making any recipe a bit easier. It was your most prized possession, your own catalog a close second.
Your bags were empty now, and you placed them at the bottom of the wardrobe, along with your pair of extra boots.
All alone. A new city.
You crawled into your bed after putting on your favorite nightgown, long sleeved and reaching your calves in a blue so light itâs nearly white, and a scooped back allowing for your wings to remind untouched by fabric.
The sheets on the bed are soft, and you bury your face in them for a moment, reveling in the feeling of them on your skin. A gentle huff leaves your mouth, and you turn your head to look out the window, to where itâs snowing.
Youâll be sad when the snow is gone, but you canât deny that youâre excited to see the other seasons come and go as they do outside of Winter.
And your bakery- you wonder how that will change throughout the seasons. Different pastries, outdoor seating, seasonal themes- would you be able to make it snow inside during winter?
You drifted off to different imaginings of your new business, new home as well as youâll be building an apartment above the bakery itself.
đ€đ©”đ€đđ€
You awoke the next morning to the winter sun shining into your eyes. You stretched for a moment, then got up from your bed, and walked over to the doors leading to your balcony and stepped through them. Outside, the snow had stopped falling overnight, and now looked to be around five inches deep.
That wasnât bad, not bad at all. This time in Winter there would be nights with a foot or more of snowfall. It looked to be about ten in the morning- that would be more than enough time to go and grab some breakfast, and maybe shop around a little bit.
You quickly pulled on a pair of thick grey wool tights after removing your nightgown, then slipped into your thickest winter dress, making sure to get all of the buttons into their holes to make the fabric wrap snugly around the base of your wings to protect the skin beneath. The dress, made of thick wool with a silvery fabric layered over the top, was one that you didnât wear too often, as you didnât tend to venture outside of the High Lordâs palace often when it snowed heavily. Your wings, even after living in Winter for the first twenty five years of your life and the past six, were still sensitive to the cold at times, so you preferred to stay inside during most of the heavy snow season.
This dress keeps the rest of you warm and cozy, and you want breakfast, so youâll risk your wings feeling a bit chilled.
You pulled on your boots that nearly reach your knees and lace them up quickly, your stomachâs loud growl making your fingers move faster. Then you throw on your scarf, hat, and mittens, taking care to slip your bank card into your right mitten for safe keeping, and then youâre out the door, locking int behind you and bounding down the stairs.
âGood morning, Y/N,â Druana said from behind the counter as you breezed past her, making your way to the door.
âGood morning, Druana!â You replied enthusiastically. âIâll see you in a little bit, Iâm going to explore the city on my own for a while.â
âHave a good time, and be careful in the snow. It gets slippery on the stones beneath quickly,â Druana warned as you opened the door and slipped through it.
âThank you!â
And then you were in the crisp winter breeze, breathing in deep lungfuls of the clean, snow scented air. Youâll definitely miss this once the season slips into spring, but youâre here now.
And itâs beautiful.
The snow has iced the roofs of the buildings around you perfectly, and everything looks like a little gingerbread town. You made your way through the streets slowly, following the delicious scent of cinnamon, sugar, and coffee that you picked up.
Soon, you were at an adorable café, decorated with soft pastels inside and out, primarily pink. And you could tell that inside there was a cinnamon coffee cake and coffee to go with it, one of your favorite breakfasts- just perfect for your first official morning in a new home.
You entered the building, spotting a slim high fae beta at the counter in the back.
âGood morning,â she chirped cheerily at you as you made your way to the counter.
âGood morning,â you responded, already looking over the display of baked goods she had out. âIâll have a slice of that cinnamon coffee cake,â you said, pointing to the perfect looking coffee cake. You then looked behind the other fae, taking in the coffee brewing equipment. âAnd a coffee with a bit of cream in it, please.â
âOf course,â the other fae said, grabbing your order in a couple of minutes, sliding a plate and a mug over to you after youâd slid your mittens off. âThat will be two gold marks,â she said, and you handed over your bank card, hoping that you werenât doing this wrong. The fae opened up a ledger, and pressed your card against it. âAlright, hereâs that back. You can take a seat wherever you like, and just bring the dishes up to the counter when youâre done,â she said softly as she handed you the card back.
âThank you,â you said with a smile. You grabbed your items, and sat at the table right in front of a window looking out onto the street youâd just come in from.
Both the cake and the coffee were delicious, warming your insides nicely as you sat and watched people go by, the city slowly waking as you ate, a few customers walking in as you did. You returned the dishes to the front, smiling at the pretty fae running the cafĂ©. âThank you, it was absolutely delightful! Would you happen to know the way to a bookstore near here?â You asked a bit shyly.
âNew to town?â The fae asked, and you nodded your head in confirmation. âIf you go to the right and head down five buildings, take a left and then in two more buildings youâll be at Ginaâs bookstore- sheâs very nice, and loves meeting new people.â
âThank you so much, Iâll probably see you again soon. My name is Y/N, by the way,â you said.
âMy name is Jayla, itâs nice to meet you Y/N. And itâs no problem, Iâll see you again!â The fae said cheerily.
You followed her instructions well, and within a few minutes you were shaking the snow off of your boots and dress and walking into the cozy bookstore. There were rows and rows of shelves extending into the back of the store greeting you, and when you looked to your left there was a counter with a green skinned fae behind it. Further down from the counter, there was a small sitting area in front of a fireplace- a roaring fire already blazing inside.
âWelcome in!â The fae said with a warm smile as she looked to you, standing just inside the now closed door. âMy name is Gina, Iâm happy to help you find anything, or you can browse around for a bit.â
You moved closer to her, taking off your mittens and tucking your bank card into the collar of your dress as you did so. âMy name is Y/N, I was wondering if you had any romance novels?â You asked, feeling a bit shy at the request, especially once the alphaâs scent washed over you.
She probably thinks Iâm some silly romance obsessed omega now, you thought to yourself.
âAh! Another romance lover! Right this way, Iâll show you some of my favorites too, if thatâs alright,â Gina exclaimed as she quickly made her way over to you and grabbed your hand, leading you through the rows of books to the middle of the store.
âRight in the heart of the store is where I keep my favorite genre,â Gina said as she pulled a book from one of the shelves. âAnd this is my favorite romance series! Itâs called Healer of Time, itâs about this omega high fae from the Dawn Court. She has these really strong healing powers, and she somehow ends up traveling back and forth between current time and three hundred years ago, and has to choose between two fantastically hot alphas, one from each timeline. Itâs just perfect, and Iâve helped make the series all the rage in Velaris!â
She handed the book over to you, which you eagerly accepted. That sounded like the best blend of romance and adventure to you. âHow many books are there on the series?â
âNine so far, but the author puts out a new one every year or so, thank the Mother!â Gina responded, pointing out the other eight books for you.
âWow, thatâs a pretty good turn around. I honestly think Iâll get the first four today! It sounds like a really good read.â
Gina grins widely at you, and her excitement is too contagious to not smile back. âIâll take these up to the front for you, but if you have any more questions feel free to come up and ask me!â Gina took the book from your hand and pulled three more off of the shelf.
âDo you happen to have any cookbooks?â
âOf course, theyâre near the front, off to the right in the row second closest to the wall Y/N.â
You make your way over to the area, and quickly spot the section dedicated to cooking and baking. One catches your eye, titled Night Court Favorites, with a beautiful illustration of a moonlit picnic on the front. On the back, it promised the recipes for the past three millennium of Night Court nobilityâs favorite dishes. Probably as good a place as any to start your full cooking journey, now that most of your meals would not be prepared by the other kitchen staff of the High Lordâs palace.
You flipped through it quickly, eyes snagging on a recipe for Night Court traditional curry- it sounded absolutely delicious.
With the cookbook in hand, you ventured slowly back to the front counter where Gina stood talking to another fae excitedly, your books waiting on the counter for you.
âAh, Nesta, Iâd like you to meet Y/N, sheâs the customer I was telling you about!â
The other fae turned around, her movements sending a small amount of her scent- a winter bonfire and very alpha- and you were struck by her beauty. Sharp angles and liquid steel eyes, and lovely golden brown hair twisted into an elegant braid crown on top of her head.
âItâs nice to meet you Y/N, are you new in town?â The high faeâs voice was husky and holding a certain power to it, absolutely lovely.
âItâs nice to meet you, Nesta. And yes, I just moved to the city yesterday.â
âWell I hope you find the city to your liking. Gina was just telling me that you like romance novels?â You nodded your head. âI host a little book club here every second and fourth Wednesday at four in the afternoon, and we mainly read romance novels. I always like to extend an invitation to those Gina thinks would enjoy it,â Nesta offered.
âOhâŠâ you thought about it for a moment. âIâm in the process of getting my business up and running right now, but maybe in a couple of months when things have calmed down?â You asked hopefully.
Nesta nodded her head in agreement. âThatâs fine, just talk to Gina when youâre ready to join, sheâll let you know what book weâre reading. Well, it was nice meeting you, but Iâve got to be going now now,â Nesta said, making her way over to the door.
âIt was lovely meeting you as well, Nesta. Iâll see you in a couple of months.â
The alpha was out the door after waving goodbye, and you were left alone in the bookstore once more with Gina.
âDid you find everything you wanted, dear?â She asked, taking the cookbook from your hands.
âYes, I did. Though Iâm sure Iâll be back in a week for some extra reading, if I end up having the time.â
âYou mentioned a business? What kind?â
Your books were bagged now, and you handed over your bank card after pulling it from your collar. âIâm going to be opening a bakery in the Rainbow, if all goes to plan.â
âOh, thatâs nice! We can always use more food stores, and bakeries especially! Iâm a big fan of anything bread,â Gina said with a laugh, handing you back your bank card and sliding the book filled fabric bag over to you. âIt came out to 11 gold marks and one silver mark, and if you absolutely hate the first book, Iâll let your return the rest and pick out something else, alright?â
You grin at her. âI donât think that will be necessary, but itâs good to know! Iâll see you sometime soon, Gina. Thank you.â
âI look forward to hearing what you think of them! Walk safely, it can get slippery,â Gina warned as you stepped back into the snow and cold, door thunking shut behind you.
You followed your route back to the cafĂ© youâd eaten at, simply names Jaylaâs. You walking, taking the path that you think leads to the inn. You end up making a few extra turns, but youâre back in the warmth of the inn after you finally find the building. Druana is nowhere to be seen when you enter after kicking the snow off of your boots and dress, so you simply go up to your room.
Your bag lands on the table, and you immediately pulled out the cookbook, flicking through it again to find the curry recipe. You spy a notepad, quill, and ink pot which you grab and bring over to the table.
On the page, you write all of the ingredients youâll need to make the curry- tonight, hopefully, if you can find everything you need in the two food centric Palaces. Youâll need chicken, a few different root vegetables, a good variety of spices, and coconut milk- you hoped that one of the various stalls youâd seen yesterday would have some prepared, you donât quite feel like going through that hassle yet.
You check the small clock hanging on the wall, seeing that itâs only a quarter to noon still, that should be plenty of time to get the ingredients you need and be back here in time to meet Mor.
Next you look in the cupboards of the kitchenette, which hold a large frying pan, a pot with a lid, a cutting board, cooking utensils and small knife set. Thereâs also two sets of plates, bowls, cups and utensils. The frying pan and pot should work nice enough for the curry, thereâs not much point to you buying your own cookware until your building is completed. And thereâs a cold box, enchanted to keep dairy and meat fresh.
That would hopefully mean going to only one Palace today, or at least before the meeting. You let the ink of your list dry for a few more minutes, flipping open to the first page of your new book series, quickly reading the first chapter.
Just as you thought, it was going to be a good fit.
You folded your list in half once, then again, and tucked it into the collar of your dress alongside your bank card. You should probably get a purse of some sort soon. But that can wait.
Youâre bounding down the stairs again in an instant, and Druana is back at her desk this time.
âOh, I didnât even hear you come in! Iâll see you again soon, Y/N.â
You smiled at her and said, âYes, I should be back at or before 1:30, and Mor will be meeting me here, just so you know.â
âThank you,â Druana replied with her own smile.
You were back in the winter air, sun shining down on you now. Your breath still made puffy clouds in the air, but you didnât care. Itâs winter, and itâs beautiful.
Slowly, you made your way across the nearest bridge that connected right to the Palace of Hoof and Leaf, your current destination. Upon entering the more tightly packed area, you gravitated towards a large stall, covered in so many different vegetables and large glass jars, only a few still filled to the brim with spices. There was a tall, dark skinned high fae standing behind the stall.
âCan I help you?â She asked in a low voice, and you instantly pinned her as an alpha.
You pulled out your grocery list. âYes, I needed the vegetables and spices on this list, if you happen to have them,â you said, handing it over to the female when she gestures for you to give it to her.
âI just so happen to have almost all of these spices, and the ones I donât I can point you to another sweet fae who has them, as well as the coconut milk and rice you need. And I have all of the vegetables you need. Making the traditional curry?â She asked as she began gathering the vegetables for you.
âYes, Iâm new to the city and want to learn some of the common dishes here, and this sounded like a wonderful start.â
âWell, Iâll say that itâs one of my personal favorites, so I hope you wonât be disappointed. My name is Petra, by the way, itâs always nice to see new faces in town.â
You smile at her, so happy that so far youâve only had positive experiences with the people of Velaris. âIâm Y/N, itâs nice to meet you.â
âNow, would you like to buy small spice jars that you can bring back and refill, or just go with the amount youâll need for the recipe?â Petra asked you, holding up a small glass bottle with a metal lid fitted to the top.
âI think Iâll buy the spice jars, please.â
She fills the three small bottles up quickly, putting them in a thin wooden container with a handle, with six slots perfectly fitting the spice jars.
âYou can come back and have them filled up for a slight discount for any spice sellers in the two food oriented Palaces, but Iâd prefer if you came back to my stall,â Petra said with a wink, placing the container into the tan fabric bag containing the vegetables. âThat will be 7 gold marks, please.â You handed her your bank card, and she quickly passed it back after pressing it to her ledger. âNow, the other two spices and the coconut milk you need, you can find three stalls down on the right, and the male next to her has a good price on chicken, just to give a few suggestions,â Petra offered, pointing out the two fae she was speaking of.
âThank you so much, Iâll be sure to come back when I need more vegetables,â you said before walking away, exchanging waves and warm smiles.
You made your way over to the other stalls, quickly buying the other two spices, coconut milk, and rice you need, as well as the chicken the recipe called for- one large chicken breast. You trekked back to the inn carefully, switching the bag between hands every so often.
âGrocery shopping, I see,â Druana greeted you as you breezed into the inn after kicking the snow off of your clothes.
âYes, I thought it would be better than ordering in every night,â you chuckled as you made your way over to the stairs.
âWell, good luck with that. And donât burn my inn down,â Druana added playfully as you began going up the flight of stairs.
âIâll do my best!â You unlocked your room, immediately dropping the heavy bag next to the books youâd purchased earlier. Groceries sure are heavy when you have to lug them across town. No matter. Youâll get used to it soon enough, especially once you have to purchase for the bakery.
You put the chicken and coconut milk into the cold box, and the vegetables and spices onto the counter. Right after you had, there was a knock at your door. âY/N? Itâs me, Mor.â
You swung the door open, letting the bubbly blonde into your room. She was carrying a large yellow envelope under one arm, and decked in winter gear from head to toe, but still slightly shivering even in the warmth of the building. âTime to go?â You asked, still holding the door open.
âYes, getting there a little early is wise with weather like this. Nothing quite like eating shit one to many times on your way to a meeting and ending up late,â Mor said, already moving back out of your bedroom door and into the hallway, and you followed her after making sure your bank card was still tucked safely in the collar of your shirt
The door snicked shut and you locked it quickly, following Mor down the stairs and outside once more. She led you through the streets cautiously, obviously afraid of falling down, but you made it to the cafĂ© within ten minutes, and to your surprise it was Jaylaâs cafĂ©.
âAh, welcome back Mor, Y/N,â Jayla said from behind the counter as she wiped it down with a cloth.
âMorrigan!â Exclaimed an older maleâs voice, gravelly with age. âItâs wonderful to see you again, come, introduce me to your friend,â the elderly high fae said, beckoning the two of you closer to where he was seated at a table, three other chairs surrounding it.
âAuric, this is Y/N, the lovely young fae hoping to buy your property. Y/N, this is Auric, Velarisâs most experienced paint mixer, including magic imbued paints as well,â Mor said as the two of you sat in the unoccupied chairs.
âItâs wonderful to meet you Auric, I truly fell in love with your familyâs property the moment I saw it,â you said right before Jayla came over to the three of you.
âWould the two of you like anything to drink?â She asked, and you noticed that Auric already had a mostly full cup of tea in front of him.
âIâll take a tea, whatever you recommend please.â
âThe same for me, please,â Mor said. âThank you, Jayla.â Jayla nodded and walked away, going behind the counter to begin brewing your teas.
âSo, you fell in love with the land? What did you like about it?â Auric asked you, eyes running over your face. It was then that you scented him- a male omega. It had been years since youâd met one yourself, before the mountain you believed.
âI loved the view looking towards the Sidra, you can see the mountains in the background as well as all of the other beautiful buildings in the city. The land itself is so lovely, itâs nice and flat, and I think it would look wonderful with a little extra landscaping, maybe a tree or two of that would be alright. And the location, on the outside edge of the Rainbow would be perfect for a bakery, close enough to a few residential areas, but also involved in the creativity that the area boasts,â you gushed, still picturing the view in your mind. Being able to bake and look out at such a beautiful river, beautiful city, truly, would be amazing.
Jayla returned, two cups of tea in hand that she placed in front of you and Mor. âA lovely raspberry tea for the both of you,â she said before walking back to the counter.
âA bakery, hmm?â Auric questioned, raising a brow at you as you took a sip of the tea- delicious. âAre enough sure you have the stamina to run it? Itâs a hefty job.â
You nodded your head once, fully confident in your abilities. âYes, I previously worked to bake for the entirety of the Hugh Lord of Winterâs residence, and over the course of⊠Well, being Under the Mountain, I was assistant to the head baker, my grandmother, for twenty years, and for thirty years after that I was head baker myself. I am confident that I can handle running a bakery on my own.â
The older faeâs eyes narrowed at your for a minute, before they crinkled as his lips spread into a smile. âI like you. Iâm sorry that you had to go through that, but itâs good to see youâre stronger for it. Now, what type of baked goods will you be selling?â
You breathed a small sigh of relief before answering. âWell, I do have a few favorite pastries of the Winter Court that Iâll have, as well as loaves breads and cakes. Plus I have a number of recipes made with medicinal herbs or berries that have health boosting benefits. My most popular one by far has been a fertility boosting pastry made with a berry native to the Winter Court.â
Auric hummed as he considered everything you had said. âAnd what will you name it?â
âI⊠What?â
âWhat will you name your bakery? Surely you know what you want your business to be called, Y/N.â
âOf course I do, Auric. It will be called Sparaiya Bakery, after my grandmother. She might have left this plane, but she will always be with me, especially when I bake.â
Auric clapped his hands together once. âVery well, then. Iâd like to sell you my land, Y/N. I think you have a good amount of experience, you have a vision for your bakery, and you seem like a strong, loyal person. I believe my ancestors would be proud to have your business on their land,â the older omega said sincerely. âIâve set the price at 100,000 gold marks, are you willing to pay that much?â
The thought of that much money alone being spent made your stomach churn, but you reminded yourself of the massive amount of money that Kallias and Viviane had given you, and that this land was worth every single mark you were going to spend on it. âYes, thatâs perfectly fine with me.â
âPerfect!â Mor pulled the envelope from between her arm and chest, pulling a few documents out and summoning a quill and a pot of ink. âThe two of you can go ahead and sign here, and Y/N, youâll just need to press your bank card to the top right corner after youâve both signed.â The two of you do as she says, standing and shaking hands afterwards.
âThank you so much, Auric, for entrusting your familyâs land to me. I hope that if you come by once itâs finished, you will be proud.â
Auric regarded you warmly, squeezing your hand an extra time before letting go. âIâm sure that I will be, Y/N. Let me know when youâre opening, and Iâll be sure to stop by.â He grabbed his copy of the sale documents
âIâll make sure to. Have a wonderful rest of your day,â you said as he walked out of the cafĂ©, leaving you with Mor. âIâm so happy he said yes! Oh, I should go tell Marcus that I have the plot of land now, and get everything moving in that direction. Thank you so much, Mor. Youâve been such a help in all of this,â you said, placing a kiss gently on the alphaâs cheek. âIâm going to head over to Marcusâs business now, if thatâs alright.â
âOh, of course!â The alpha responded, already donning all of her winter clothes again to bundle against the cold. âYou walk safely over to there, Velaris gets slippery when it snows. Now, will I see you for lunch this Thursday?â Mor asked, and you mentally double checked the day of the week in your head- Monday.
âYes, three days from now sounds perfect. Do you want to meet somewhere or at my hotel room?â
âIâll meet you at your hotel room this time, alright?â
You nodded your head in agreement. âThat sounds good, Iâll see you on Thursday Mor. You walk safely too!â You were already out of the door with your bill of sale in hand, beelining your way as well as you could to the Palace of Flame and Steel. When you arrived at Marcusâs shop, you swung the door open and stomped off the snow on your boots before entering. âMarcus!â You said excitedly as you met his eyes, waving the paper in your hands at him. âI have land now, will you be able to come assess it in the next few days?â
Marcis stood from his place behind the desk and made his way around it to you. âI can go right now, there it too much to do around here at the moment,â he said, already ushering you out of his shop, flipping the open sign on the door to say closed, and locking it behind him.
âIf youâre sureâŠâ you said before grabbing his hand and pulling him with you to the Rainbow as fast as the two of you could manage in the snow. âThis is it!â You gesture to the dilapidated building excitedly.
âYou are planning to tear it down, right?â Marcus asked, amusement in his voice.
âOf course I am, silly, I wanted the land. It has such a beautiful view of the Sidra and the mountains, come here.â You pulled him past the building, to where you had stood when youâd known that this was the land you wanted your dream to come to life on.
Marcus let out a heavy breath. âOkay, I get it now.â He looked around, taking in where they were situated. âAnd itâs in the perfect spot for a bakery, you really picked the best possible spot.â
âI know!â You squealed, jumping as high as you could without using your wings in your excitement. âSo, whatâs the procedure for tearing down the old building and starting the new construction?â You asked, ready to learn the necessary details.
Marcus pulled you back onto the street, and the two of you began to walk back to his business. âWell, we need to submit a request for a permit to demolish, and one for construction. But since Iâve done a good amount of work in the past six years, I doubt that there will be much more than two days of waiting time between submitting it and getting the permits. We can fill out all the forms once we get to my office, and Iâll get them sent up to the House of Wind as soon as I can.â
âAlright, that sounds doable enough,â you said as you threw a smile at him, happy that heâs kind about you not knowing much about the building process.
Soon enough the two of you are back at his office, and he swings the door open, letting you go inside first. He went through a filing cabinet behind his desk before pulling out a half inch thick stack of papers in total. Marcus turned back to you, placing them on the desk and gesturing for you to take a seat.
You do as he asks, and he sets two piles in front of you- both are identical. You give him a quizzical look, not understanding the purpose of having two.
âOne pile is for your own personal records, and the other is for the permits and for our contract agreement, for payments and things like that. I suggest you read everything closely, and I can explain something to you if youâd like.â
You read through the stack of documents, finding everything to be fair, both in compensation for the company, and certain protections on promises made to you. You signed the contract documents first, letting Marcus take the pages as you finished to sign them himself. Then came the permit application, you needed to state why you wanted to tear the building down, then what you were going to replace it with.
That was easy, the current building would not suffice for a bakery, it might even burn down if you ride to light a fire in it. And building on top of the land, well, a bakery plus a second floor apartment with a small garden.
Once it was all filled out, Marcus went through every page to make sure that everything had been signed. âAlright, everything looks to be in order. Iâll write to you to let you know when itâs been approved, okay Y/N?â
You nodded your head, happy to be done with the paperwork portion of the day. âThat sounds just fine, Marcus. Iâll see you in a few days, most likely,â you said before standing from your chair, stretching your muscles and wings slightly.
âIâll see you then,â Marcus responded, asking you over to the door. By this point, the sun had begun to set over Velaris, but the city was more alive than it had been all throughout the morning.
âAnd thank you, Marcus. I look forward to working with you,â you added as you stepped outside and away from his shop.
âItâs no problem, Y/N. Iâll see you soon.â
And the you were off, your new property deed tucked under safely against your body. You were eager to make your way home, wanting nothing more at this point than a hot bath and a warm meal- you didnât particularly care in which order. You were at the inn soon enough, kicking snow off of your boots and the hem of your dress for the last time of the day.
âWelcome back, Y/N,â Druana greeted from behind the counter, waving a bark skinned hand at you.
âThank you, Druana. Iâll see you in the morning!â You said, already making your way up the stairs in your rush to finally get out of your winter gear.
The door to your room swung open and shut quickly, and you sat at the table in the center of the room, undoing the laces of your boots as fast as you were able. They came off, then followed by your dress after unbuttoning the back carefully. Now you were only standing in your underthings and tights, and very much feeling the chill that had set in from being outside in your bones. You stripped off the rest of your clothes before heading into the bathroom and starting the tub.
Gloriously hot water spilled out of the faucet, and you didnât wait for it to fill up, merely settling yourself in as the water slowly came up to your neck. You allowed yourself to soak for a few minutes, letting the cold seep from your bones and warmth replace it. Once you felt warmed and comfortable, you washed yourself quickly after hearing your stomach growl loudly.
After toweling off, you went back into your bedroom and donned a soft set of white cotton underthings, as well as an oversized lilac sweater that you were able to wear like a dress, the back already having had the fabric carved out of it to fit your wings. It was so cozy and soft, you felt buried in it. Just how you wanted to feel after an eventful day.
You went to the kitchenette, pulling out the cutting board, pot, and pan. You grabbed the cookbook from the table and set it on the counter next to the cutting board, reading over the instructions once more. Next you pull out the chicken and grab a suitable enough knife, dicing the meat into bite sized chunks as the recipe called for. You set them in the pan, lighting the charcoal beneath the burner to get the heat started.
You washed the knife and cutting board and dried them off, then grabbed the root vegetables that youâd bought earlier. Similar to baking, you switched between washing and chopping the vegetables to moving the meat around the pan easily, being careful not to burn anything while getting everything else you would need prepped.
Paying attention to the recipe, you measured out the right amount of each spice, mixing them with a bit of water to create a paste that smelled heavenly and spicy.
The chicken was done now, and you added the vegetables along with a bit of water and the coconut milk. Then all you had to do was wash and set the rice to cook, and wait. You rinsed the rice in one of the bowls, getting the water clear before carefully draining it out and placing the rice in to the now boiling water.
In another twenty minutes, you deemed the vegetables and rice to be cooked enough, and dished out a nice serving of rice, with lots of curry on top.
You cleared off the table, moving your new books over to the nightstand by your bed, then brought your dinner to the table. You sat facing the windows and stared out at Velaris as you ate, pleasantly surprised with how nicely the curry had turned out, with it being your first time cooking anything like it.
Soon enough you were full and getting sleepy, so you brought your dishes back to the sink. You plated the rest of the rice and curry into the other bowl that you hadnât used, then washed all of the dishes you had used that night.
By the time you had finished, your bed was calling to you, and it was such a soft, sweet landing when you finally made your way under the covers, deciding to sleep in your massive sweater instead of changing into a nightgown.
Itâs not like anyone will see me sleeping, anyways, you thought to yourself, right as you drifted off into a peaceful sleep, filled with the view from your new property.
Series Taglist: @icey--stars @breadsticks2004
#you can have it#acotar a/b/o#alpha!feyre x omega!reader x alpha!rhys#alpha!feysand x omega!reader#acotar omegaverse#feysand x reader omegaverse#feysand x reader#alpha!morrigan#alpha!nesta#acotar fic#acotar#acotar fanfic#feysand x you#tato writes#omega!reader
150 notes
·
View notes
Text
Sometimes you just need your brother || Pt.2
Summary: After finding comfort in her brotherâs place, it just seems too good to be true when her father knocks the doorâŠ.
Makayla Verstappen (OC) x f1 grid
Part 1 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5
Makayla had fallen asleep with her head rested on Maxâs chest. Max didnât notice until he looked down and seen his little sister asleep.
The 3 other drivers were still at his apartment, Kelly and Penelope were due to come back any moment and thatâs when Daniel, Charles and Lando would leave.
âI canât believe he actually kicked her out.â Max said as the 3 of them looked up at him. âItâs awful, I really donât understand himâ Daniel said.
âSheâs only 16 like,â Lando added. âDoes he know sheâs here?â Charles asked. âProbably, she can only go either me or Vicâ Max told him.âYou think heâs going to try and take her back?â Lando asked.
âIâm not letting him, I know how heâs been treating her and Iâm not letting her go through that anymoreâ Max added as the door opened.
âMaxie!â Penelope exclaimed as she made her way towards him but stopped when she noticed Makayla there. âWhatâs KayKay doing here?â Penelope asked.
âIâll tell you everything later okay? Just keep the noise down as sheâs asleepâ Max said as she nodded before running back to Kelly.
âWe better be going, message any of us Max to update us. Remember we are here to help, Mack is like a sister to us as wellâ Daniel said.
Max moved his sisterâs head in his chest and onto a pillow before he walked to the door with his 3 fellow drivers. âThanks guys, means a lotâ Max said before bidding goodbye to them.
âIs she okay?â Kelly asked referring to Makayla. âDad kicked her out, she used all her savings to get a flight over hereâ Max said. âHe kicked her out? Who would that?!â Kelly replied.
âHim apparently, you okay with her staying with us for awhile? I know P loves her anywaysâ Max asked. âYou donât need to ask, sheâs your sister and I know P loves her tooâ Kelly said with a smile.
âThank youâ Max added.
//
Makayla had woken up to see that she had fallen asleep on the sofa. âHey sleepyheadâ Max joked seeing his sister finally awake. âShut up, I was triedâ Makayla mumbled.
âIs KayKay awake?!â Penelope shouted and when she seen the girl awake she ran and jumped on the sofa with her. âHey P!â Makayla said as she tickled the young girl.
âKayKay! Stop!!â Penelope giggled as she tried to get out of her grip. Kelly sat down by Max, the two had smiles on their faces seeing the two girls together.
âHey Kel, sorry didnât see you thereâ Makayla said. âItâs alright, happy to see you smiling Mackâ Kelly replied with a smile. âMummy! Can Kay take me to the beach?â Penelope asked.
Makayla gave her older brother a certain look, that he knew he couldnât say no to. âI hate when you do that look, just be careful you two okay? Be back before itâs gets darkâ Max told them as Penelope cheered and ran to get her coat.
âYou sure youâre okay with this?â Makayla asked, mainly directing the question to Kelly. âMack, you I trust you with P. How many times have you watched her before this?â Kelly said.
âJust making double sure. Thank you, we wonât be long!â Makayla said as she got ready for the couple watched the two girls leave the apartment.
âI hate how heâs made her think she isnât allowed to do or go anywhere..â Max mumbled. âSheâll be alright, Mack is a strong girl. We just need to make sure he stays away from her and not try and take her backâ Kelly said.
//
makaylaverstappen
Liked by kellypiquet, maxverstappen1 and 227,629 others
makaylaverstappen: Pđ
view all 2,527 comments
user16 Aww so cute!
user19 I adore their relationship!!đ„°
user93 So cuteeeee
kellypiquet She loves you so muchđ
makaylaverstappen I love her moređ
user72 Awhhh!
user99 P loves Mack so muchđ„č
user13 đđđ
user4 Adore them so much!!đ„čđ
maxverstappen1 She likes u more than me!
makaylaverstappen well obviouslyđ
maxverstappen1 đ
user63 lol Maxđ€Ł
user02 Max and Makayla >>
//
Makayla and Penelope made their way back to the apartment, the young girl ran to her mother while Makayla followed behind her after taking her shoes and coat off.
âI want KayKay to take me to bed!â She heard Penelope said as she entered the room. âIâll do it Kel, câmon P! Letâs finish that book off we were reading!â Makayla said as Penelope jumped in her arms as she carried her to her room.
Max and Kelly smiled at the pair before quietly following them and stood by the door watching the both girls. Makayla finished reading before kissing Penelopeâs forehead and leaving to door to be greeted by the couple.
âWatching us were you?â Makayla joked as the three made their way back to the living room. âYou are so good with her, she adores youâ Kelly said. âI love herâ Makayla replied with a smile.
The three of them started to watch a bit of TV, Makayla was on her phone a few times before it was starting to get late and they was about to make their way to bed, but there was a knock on the door..
âMakayla! I know youâre in there, you better come here before I phone the police!â They heard Jos shout.
The girl looked at her older brother with fear on her face, how was she going to get out of this? Kelly came over and pulled her into a hug, before Max started to make his way towards the door.
âMakayla, get here now!â Jos shouted.
#f1#f1 imagines#max verstappen#max verstappen imagine#max verstappen x sister#formula 1#formula 1 imagines#f1 fanfic#verstappen!reader
372 notes
·
View notes
Text
word count: 1.9k
- Shorty -Â
Clarisse la rue x fem!short!aphrodite!reader
Based on this request!!
summary: when past insecurities of your height come rising back up due to a pack of stupid kids, your girlfriend is there to pick up the pieces.
warnings: small scene of bullying, name calling (just a ton of bullying about being short), kinda oc clarisse i think idk. Kinda shitty cuz i have insane writers blockkkkkkk i honestly may re-write it soon cuz i kinda hate this. just my writing. the request is so cute thoughhhhh. kinda less of protective clarisse and more of soft clar im sorrrryyyyy. yeah i think ima re-write. sorry im ranting.
a/n: okayyyyy this took way to long. Im so sorry dear @cosmopretty!! I broke up with my bf of three years, a ton of stuff happened, but im finally back!! Thank you for requesting and im actually so sorry it took so long! <3
â â â â â â â â â
Being short in a world where height mattered was always an uphill battle for you. Literally. When was the last time you heard a Greek myth about a hero who was short and didnât get stepped on by the monster they were trying to fight?
The second part didnât affect you too much though. Not until you were a bit older. When you were just a kid, it was easier, as the only struggle you had was weird delusions of hidouses monsters nobody else could see and bullies that targeted your height.
When a satyr had shown up when you were young and told you that you were in great danger and had to come with him, youâd honestly thought about pulling the fire alarm so that you didnât get kidnapped. One of the winged beasts only you see crashed through a window and launched at you though, so youâd reluctantly went with him.
Thatâs how you found yourself at camp half blood, where things like height didnât matter as much to kids that were a satyrs hoove close to death at any given moment. Youâd met kids like you, ones that made you feel less insecure about your height by the way they could easily take down the older kids in sword fights by using their height to their advantage. Then, you met Clarisse.
Youâd honestly thought she would bully you, as she had a rep around here for doing that to anyone who dared look at her for too long, but she had seemed to take a liking to you.
Sheâd only flirted with you at any given chance, and then time flew by, and suddenly you were taking her out on a date after begging Chiron to let you guys go see a movie. Youâd never left her side after that, and she never wanted you too.
âBaby.â Clarisse mumbles, keeping her grip on your waist tight when you try to get out of her bed. Youâd been cuddling all morning despite her needing to go to training and finish the chores she didnât do yesterday along with the ones she needs to do today, but she just doesnât seem to be ready to get up.
You chuckle softly, brushing some hair out of her face which makes her smile a bit. She knows you have to get up and go back to your cabin, though her eyes never fail to make you agree to five more minutes of cuddle time.
So you lay back down, enjoying the peace of her cabin that never really comes unless her siblings are out like they are right now.
After a few minutes you get up despite her many complaints, throwing on her hoodie and brushing your hair in a mirror. Being an aphrodite kid, your looks are important to you, and youâd rather not go outside with bed hair.
Clarisse comes up behind you, chin resting on the top of your head and arms wrapped around your torso. âHey shorty.â You giggle, leaning back into her before pushing her away when she begins to poke at your side in an attempt to annoy you. She loves your height, never missing a chance to remind you that sheâs taller by using your head as a resting point, or towering over you when you talk to her. It makes her smile and it amuses you, so you let it happen.
The fact that it erases your insecurities, even if for just a few minutes, is just a bonus.
Finally you leave her cabin, rushing off to your own and quickly greeting your siblings before you begin getting ready, a permanent blush on your face with the memory of your girlfriend.
After getting ready and packing your bag, you leave your cabin, nodding towards Clarisse in greeting across the green. Today is Friday, which means capture the flag, which means Clarisseâs favorite day. She enjoys these blood fests, and though you do too, nobody- including you- is as crazy and rough about it as your girlfriend.
You and your siblings sit at your table in the dinner hall until Chiron calls out for your cabin, and though you all push eachother out of the way, you end up second to last in the line to get food. You sigh, rolling your eyes at the way Silena sticks her tongue out at you with a smug smile before you lean on the wall and wait for your turn.
Once youâve got your food, you walk back to your table, though you accidentally run into one of the older kids named Jackson. You try to apologize, but he cuts you off. âWatch where you're walking, hobbit.â You have to admit it makes you a bit upset, but youâve heard worse, so you just mumble your apology and stumble off.
âHey shorty! Iâm talking to you!â He calls out, followed by some more people giggling as they step up behind you. It sounds gross when they say it, as you're more used to Clarisse calling you that. It doesnât make you feel warm and flustered when they say it. It just makes you feel small.
You turn around to look at them with a frown of confusion, but it just turns into a plain old frown when you see the way heâs looking at you. The same way all your old bullies would look at you.
Where is Clarisse?
Her cabin still isnât here, so you're left to just look at him with a scowl. He sees it, and his smug smile only grows.
âSomething you wanna say elf? I think Santa needs you back at the factory now.â All his friends laugh, but itâs the worst insult ever, so you just tighten your grip on your tray and glare at him.
âI think you gotta go get back to the kidâs table before Chiron seeâs you.â You donât know why, as that insults as dumb as the others, but it strikes some type of nerve in you and tears prickle at the corners of your eyes. It only eggs on Jackson, because he begins high fives his girlfriend Ashley and tells you to go cry about it like a baby.
âNobody needs a short hero. Youâll be dead before your little girlfriend can save you.â
You basically cower off to your table, head hung low in shame and picking at your food. Your siblings look worried, especially when their attempts for conversation go completely ignored.
Is Jackson right? Is being short completely a disadvantage?
That night, all though your siblings drag you out of bed for a campfire, one set to celebrate another one of your girlfriends wins in capture the flag, you mostly keep to yourself. You sit on one of the logs, watching with sad eyes as everyone else dances around and cheers for Clarisse.
She's only focused on you though. She watches from across the fire as you wipe away tears, a frown stitched onto her face despite the praise coming from her friends and siblings.
Why are you crying?
Clarisse gets up, ignoring her siblings as she walks over to you and kneels down behind you, resting her chin on your head and her arms securely around your waist. You just squirm out of her grip, and she might even say the frown on your face only deepens.
âWhat's wrong shorty? Nobody gets to cry on my celebration campfire, especially not you.â She attempts a joke, giving you a small smile as she rubs your bag. You roll your eyes, looking at her with the most serious expression she's ever seen on your face.
âYou know my name. My name isn't Shorty.â
Clarisse frowns, biting her bottom lip. You'd been this way when you first got to camp, after years of being bullied, but since then she'd reassured you that nobody cared how tall you are and she in fact loves your height.
But thisâŠ.it makes it seem almost like you're going back to the olds way. Like you're being bullied again.
âDid someone say something?â She questions after a beat of silence, previous sadness replaced by anger as she scans the crowd like sheâs just going to know who said something mean to you by reading their mind.
You shake your head, hiding your face in your hands but still not answering her. Finally you look up, eyes filled with a sadness she would kill to see go away before you nod towards where Jackson is cuddling with his girlfriend over on the lawn.
Clarisse immediately gets up in search of her spear, but you grab her wrist, gently tugging her to sit back down. âNo. Please Clar. Donât make it a big deal.â You basically beg, and her eyes slightly soften before they go back to pure rage.
âNo. Nobody gets to be mean to you. Tell me what they said.â
You shake your head fast, hand clasped over your mouth. She tilts her head a bit and you once again shake your head no, kneeâs bouncing in nervousness at the way sheâs staring at you.
So you spill. You tell her everything they said, how mean they were, how bad it made you feel. And by the end of it, you and your sister have to hide her spear from her and convince her not to go kill Jackson and Ashley.
Clarisse takes a deep breath, cracking her knuckles before she sighs. Sheâs never been very good at comforting people, more so killing them, but here you are, her girlfriend, crying over something someone you barely even know said about you. She has to figure it out.
âI love the way I can put my chin on your head and hold you tight. Makes me feel like I can protect you even more.â She says quietly, clearing her throat and continuing when you look up with a sniffle. âandâŠ.I love that you have to get on your tippy toes to kiss me. It makes me smile. And I-I love when you somehow fit yourself into tiny little spaces. Makeâs ambushes in fights a lot funnier when I see the look on the other person's face. AndâŠI think youâre a great fighter. You can take me down â
times when we fight, and I think you could protect me in battle better than anyone could. Youâre a good demigod, your height just adds to that.â
By the end of it you canât help but smile, slightly nudging her with a blush. She nods, wrapping her arms around your shoulders and pulling you close into her chest. She kisses your forehead, lips lingering there for a second before she pulls away to look you in the eyes.
âI love you shorty.â
â â â â â â â â â
Safe to say, by the next morning, news gets around that Jordan and Ashley are resting in the infirmary with matching broken noses and black eyes.
â â â â â â â â â
#clarisse la rue x reader#clarisse la rue#clarisse la rue fanfic#clarisse la rue pjo#clarisse x reader#clarisse la rue x y/n#clarisse la rue x you
366 notes
·
View notes
Text
You Promised
Pairing: Anakin x Reader
Request(s): Hello love! Could I request something with Anakin x reader where heâs out on a mission and gets hurt maybe knocked unconscious for a bit and when he wakes up heâs like âsheâs gonna kill me for getting hurtâ and when he gets back gets an earful but also lots of cuddles <3
Was recently watching Hunger Games Catching Fire idk if youâve seen it but thereâs this one scene where Peeta gets hurt then Katniss like freaks out and Finnick saves him and realizes shes in love with him and I was imaging that scenario with Anakin so maybe you could write something like Anakin getting hurt on a mission and oc freaking out thinking heâs gonna die and Obi-Wan or Rex can just tell đ
Warning: Angst! A lot of descriptions of chest compressions. It has a super cute ending though I promise!
Word Count: 4k
A/N: I went ahead and combined two that were super similar so I hope thatâs okay. I actually really like how this one turned out so please enjoy! As always let me know what you think love you guys!!
Obi-wan was on his knees.
That was the only thought that echoed in your head.
Obi-wan Kenobi, the general, the Jedi master, the great negotiator, member of the jedi council, was on his knees. Why was he on his knees?
Everything seemed to move in slow motion around you, every noise fading into the background as you tried to move forward, the very air seeming to fight against you as you did so.
Gloved hands clasped around your arms, holding you in place, a modulated voice you recognized registering in the back of your head but you didnât pay attention to any of the words said.
Why was Obi-wan on his knees?
You tried still to push forward but those hands held you back, halted your every movement, white and blue armor entering your field of vision, trying to block your view.
âwhats-â you couldnât even get your whole question out, werenât really sure how to finish it.
You clawed at the armor before you, tried to use it to pull yourself forward, to Obi-wan, you had to get to Obi-wan.
âKid you donât want to go over thereâ Finally the voice broke through the haze, because that was Rexâs voice, his nickname for you. But why was Rex here?
âNo I need to-â you werenât really sure what, you needed to get to Obi-wan, that was all you knew, that everything in your screamed that you had to get to Obi-wan.
âLet the general workâ Rexâs voice was smooth, clam.
But Rex was supposed to be with Anakin, Rex was always with Anakin, Rex had Anakinâs back, Rex kept Anakin safe. So why was he here without him?
That was the first time you really processed the scene before you, the fact that there was a person over there with Obi-wan, a person Obi-wan was kneeling over, a person beneath Obi-wans interlaced hands, a person wearing all too familiar boots with their toes pointed to the sky.
Your gaze cut to Rex, as if you could get confirmation from the manâs helmet, as if he could tell you anything but what you already knew, as if he could fix everything.
âThe general has him Y/Nâ
And somehow hearing him say your name made it worse. Because to him you werenât Y/N you were general, jedi, kid, anything but the gravity that came with your name.
You like to think youâd decided then that youâd feel guilty about it later, but truly the action came without any forethought. Your hand came up with a mind of its own, your energy focusing just enough to give Rex a push through the force, not enough to hurt him but enough to get him out of your way, because right now you needed to get to Obi-wan.
You ran without checking on Rex, ran calling out Obi-wanâs name not missing how the general never halted his movements, and slid down across from him onto your knees not noticing the way loose gravel and glass cut into them as you did so.
Obi-wan was saying something to you, you acknowledged that, but your focus was planted on nothing but Anakinâs unconscious body beneath his hands.
He looked peaceful, too peaceful for the way his body moved beneath Obi-wanâs rough compressions.
âno no no noâ it took you too long to realize it was you repeating those words, that your body was rocking back and forth softly, your hands balled up painfully in your hair, trying to do anything to ground yourself, to make yourself wake up, to give your brain anything it could latch to that would make sense.
Because it couldnât be Anakin lying there without a heartbeat, it just couldnât.
âY/Nâ a shout of your name snapped you out of your stupor, your gaze snapping up to the Jedi master before you.
His eyes never once strayed from his hands on Anakinâs chest.
For the first time you took in the state of Obi-wan, noted the worry he tried to force down that was slipping through his eyes, the way his lips were parted with heavy breaths, the sweat that clung to his brow.
Youâve known Obi-wan for years, the man had been through more than most people experience in their lifetimes. He was a general in the republicâs army, a man regularly sent to the front lines to lead, the person you called to the table when you wanted to negotiate. Obi-wan Kenobi did not sweat.
âObiâ his name left your lips in a whisper, as a prayer, pleadingly.
The Jediâs eyes cut up to meet yours briefly, his compressions never once halting âI knowâ
The manâs voice wasnât scared, wasnât broken, but it wasnât calm either, it was just empty, hollow, the voice of a man who had cut himself off from everything, focusing on nothing but the task at hand.
It almost scared you more than anything else.
âNo no he canât he-â you begged, who you were begging to you werenât sure at this point âhe promised he would be okay, he promised he would be careful, Obi-wan he canâtâ
The words fell from your lips your mind barely attaching meaning to them as they passed.
âRexâ Obi-wan called without a second thought, paying you no mind as his attention shifted to the newly arrived reinforcements, a horde of clone troopers descending on the two of them completely blocking your view as Rex carefully pulled you back.
And you knew they were there to help, knew that Anakin should go with them, that if anyone could bring him back it was them.
But in this moment all you knew was you were being separated from him and you werenât sure if you were ever going to see him again.
Desperately you screamed Anakinâs name over the crowd, watching as his body was hoisted by a few troopers and carried towards the nearest starship, ardently fighting against Rexâs hold as he kept you in place.
âNo no Rex please I need to go with himâ you begged the clone captain âplease I canât leave him alone he canât be aloneâ
The captain did his best to calm you, softly shushing you, holding you in place until your movements started slow, your legs giving out from beneath you as the ramp to the starship that took Anakin ascended, effectively sealing him from you.
Rex followed you down to the ground, arms that had caged you into him softening to offer comfort instead as you watched the ship takeoff âRex he canât die heâs my-â and you couldnât bring yourself to finish the sentence, chocking on the word friend. Cause that wasnât quite right, that word wasnât enough, and it seemed that only when faced with Anakinâs flatlined heart that you could admit that to yourself.
Fate was a cruel thing.
Rexâs hand made its way to your shoulder, giving it an affectionate squeeze as he rocked you back and forth softly âI know Y/N, I knowâ
-
The first feeling Anakin noted after waking was not pain but rather stiffness.
The bright lights assaulting his unacclimated eyes he could get over easily, but the way his own body fought against him from the moment he opened his eyes, the way it seemed to protest just his breathing, that got to him.
âWell hello thereâ
Three simple words and Anakin was calm, the tension in his body melting into the mattress beneath him as he took the time to take a deep breath and try and relax.
Obi-wan was here, and if Obi-wan was here then everything was okay, because no matter what shit he had gotten himself into, and over the years there had certainly been a good amount of it, as long as Obi-wan was by his side he knew he could get out of it.
âWhere am I?â
His voice sounded weak to his own ears, his very vocal chords grating as he tried to speak, only then realizing how thirsty he was.
âmedical unitâ Obi-wan answered, coming to his bedside to help Anakin sit up, passing him a cup of water once he was sure he could handle it âI must say weâve had a lot of close calls in our days my friend, letâs never get that close againâ
Anakin just hummed in response, greedily gulping down water.
âWhat do you remember?â
Finishing the glass Anakin handed the empty vessel back to his master, taking a moment to rack his mind, trying to sort through a jumbled mess of memory. âwe were on Corelliaâ he answered hesitantly âthe separatists were attacking we were there with Y/N I think, she went off with her clone army andâŠâ the words died on his tongue, the emptiness of the room hitting him for the first time. His wide panicked gaze met his masters and Obi-wan read his expression easily.
âsheâs fine, she had to brief the councilâ
Anakin sagged back in relief, his breath taking a second to right itself once again âokay-okay good. Sheâs okay. She separated off and told me to be safe then I-â
âdid the exact oppositeâ Obi-wan supplied with a half smirk, relishing the way that same panicked look grew once again on Anakinâs face in response.
âshitâ Anakin swore under his breath, bringing the heels of his palms up to rub at his eyes.
âsheâs been by your side since she got to Coruscantâ Obi-wan replied, crossing his arms over his chest âhad to threaten expelling her from the order just to get her to go give her debriefâ
Anakin could only groan in response, his posture slumping further as he did so âscale of 1 to 10 how likely is she to kill me?â
Obi-wan chuckled in response âoh my dear padawan we surpassed double digits long agoâ
âit was that bad huh?â
Obi-wan was silent for a moment, hand coming up to rake through his beard in response, a tired sigh escaping him before he spoke again âthe first time she saw you since the moment you separated off was when I was giving you chest compressions-â
âWell Iâm here now thatâs got to be worth something right?â he tried, earning only a single brow raise in response.
Another heavy silence fell over the pair before Obi-wan broke it âAfter seeing her reaction to finding you like that I feel it is my duty as your master to warn you against forming attachmentsâ Anakin nearly rolled his eyes at the same tired old speech, Obi-wan cutting in to continue speaking before he got the chance to do so âhowever, as a friend I will say you ever put that girl through something like that again and breaking the Jedi code will be the least of your worriesâ
Anakin nearly laughed in response, the smile dying on his lips once he brought his gaze up to meet Obi-wans and seeing the seriousness that those eyes held. All words clogging in his throat as he was only able to force up a measly âyes masterâ that at least seemed to placate him for the moment.
Obi-wanâs posture straightened suddenly, eyes cast towards the closed door as he sensed a presence Anakin had felt coming minutes ago. âI believe that is my que to leaveâ
Giving Anakin a small bow Obi-wan made his way towards the door, pausing when Anakin suddenly called out âMasterâŠthank youâ
Obi-wan smiled warmly in response âItâs good to see you breathing again Anakin. Do your best to keep it that wayâ
Opening the door Obi-wan paused just in the doorframe, conversing briefly with someone he knew to be you before disappearing.
The entryway to Anakinâs surprise remained empty, empty for long enough to make him worry.
Despite everything though your form crept through the doorway, seeming almost scared to see him.
And though Obi-wan had told him you were okay Anakin couldnât relax fully until he finally was able to lay eyes on you.
You, however, stayed as tense as ever just inside the door, eyes wide and panicked, gaze pinning him to the spot.
Anakin was almost afraid to move beneath your gaze, afraid any wrong move would break the spell and have you yelling at him.
Cause maker he knew he deserved it but he just woke up, he was alive, and he thought seeing a frown on your face after everything would kill him all over again.
The stare down lasted a tense few seconds as you scanned each other, Anakin noting the bandages wrapped around your palms, the badly bandaged cut on your brow. Maker how many times has he told you to see a medical droid after an assignment instead of trying to do it yourself, some bacta and it would be gone in minutes and he wouldnât have to stare at the physical reminder of his own failure to protect you, of your own vulnerability.
The two of you seemed to snap out of it at the same moment, finishing your physical examination of one another at the same moment, because as Anakin took a deep breath and started to push himself up you were bound across the room in a near sprint.
Your arms were around his neck within the next second, your body planted in his lap, your chest pushed flush against his. And every part of him hurt with it but he didnât care for a second because you were in his arms and the only thought running through his mind was that he needed you closer, that no matter how hard he pulled you into him it wasnât enough because he was alive and you were here and nothing else beyond that mattered.
Much to his displeasure you were pulling back much too quickly and he tried to fight it, tried to keep you against him, tried to seek comfort in your arms as long as possible. But then your palms were cupping his cheeks and all thoughts in his head ceased, your wide eyes were looking directly into his and Anakin could do nothing but freeze, your nose brushed against his and Anakin forgot how to breathe. Then your lips were against his and Anakin suddenly wasnât entirely sure he hadnât actually died back there.
But Anakin had thought about this too many times to hesitate now, he kissed you back just as fiercely, just as hungrily, one hand coming to the back of your head, fingers threading themselves into your hair at the base of your neck as he pulled you into him, his other hand finding your waist and pulling, seeking out any sort of physical reminder that you were here, really here.
But there you went pulling back again, ending the kiss much too quickly for his liking. He tried to follow you back, tried to pull your lips back to his but you were too stubborn, why did you always have to be this stubborn?
Before his mind could even process what had happened, before he could even mourn to loss of your body against his, your hand was raised and Anakin felt a sharp sting on his cheek, a pain he was only 60% sure was new at this point.
He forced his eyes open only to be met with the anger in your eyes he had been expecting since you had walked into the room.
You were pulling back again, getting up from the bed to your feet, fingertips trailing down the sheets that separated his body from yours absentmindedly but leaving a trail of sparks in their wake for Anakin. He tried to reach for them but you were too quick pulling them back, coming up to stand alongside his bed.
He could acknowledge you were talking now, or rather ranting fit it better, but he was too busy trying to reach you, trying to pull you back down on top of him, too busy cursing his every ache and pain that kept him from standing up and following you.
âcannot believe you thought it was a good idea to go off on your own what were you thinking? No scratch that I knew what you were thinking and it was nothing-â
Your words vaguely registered in the back of his mind as you paced back and forth, scolding him. âyouâre right, Iâm sorry, come hereâ the words rushed out of his mouth as he tried to reach out to you again.
But you never even acknowledged that he had spoke, continuing your rant without a hiccup âyou cannot keep doing this to me, to Obi-wan, to Rex, throwing yourself into every dangerous situation without any regard for your life-â
And all Anakin could focus on were your lips as you spoke. Was it just him or did they seem slightly pinker than before? Slightly swollen. A soft sheen on them from saliva, his saliva, maker how he wanted to add to it. He hummed non-committally to whatever you had just said.
You hadnât even looked at him as you ranted, your eyes planted on your feet as you paced rapidly before his bed âyou promised me youâd be careful and this is how you thought you would go about upholding that promise? Because I have news for you if you really thought that was a good plan-â
He hadnât even gotten the chance to really enjoy himself, enjoy the feeling of your lips against his, the taste of you on his tongue. With every second that passed with you still all the way across the room he became less and less convinced that the kiss had really happened. At this point he didnât really care if he had imagined the whole thing he was just desperate to recreate it.
His bed shook slightly as your hands came to rest on the foot of it and your eyes for the first time this entire rant connected with his and Anakinâs focus finally zeroed in, yours seeming to do the same, the both of you acknowledging in that moment you hadnât listened to a single word the other had said in the past five minutes.
Another tense silence passed, each being unsure of what to say to the other, before a tear falling down your cheek broke it. âAni I found you while Obi-wan was doing chest compressions, I only found you after you had diedâ
And for the first time the weight of his own stupid actions seemed to hit him. Because he could tell himself that he was doing it for you, or for Obi-wan, but truly Anakin hadnât ever thought about what would happen after he made the decision to do something stupid. And here he was dealing with those consequences.
You were scared, you were scared and sad and Anakin had done that to you and he wasnât sure he could forgive himself for that.
âY/N pleaseâ he begged softly, one arm extended out to you.
And finally you listened to him, too slowly making your way back to his bedside, and Anakin wasted no time in wrapping his arm around your shoulders and pulling your head into his chest.
You went willingly, your arms wrapping around his torso, burying yourself into him with a relieved sigh as Anakin buried his nose in your hair, pressing a kiss to the crown of your head.
âIâm so sorry Y/Nâ he whispered into your hair and for a second you didnât respond, simply stayed in his arms, listened to the sound of his heart beat, reminded yourself he was really here, before replying, your voice muffled slightly by his shirt.
âYou better be Skywalkerâ
And despite everything Anakin couldnât help but chuckle at your threat, arms tightening slightly around you as he fondly kissed the top of your head once more.
âIf I promised to be more careful would you kiss me again?â
It came out in a teasing tone but you froze at the question, your entire body tensing beneath his touch before slowly pulling back to better look at him, your eyes wide in panic âmaker I kissed youâ
âyou didâ he agreed eagerly, hand coming up to cup your cheek.
You brushed aside his hand without a thought, your panicked state leaving Anakin much too amused âI didnât even ask you or warn you or tell you how I feel I just kissed you, maker Aniâ
âAnd Iâm asking you to do it againâ he chuckled, hand wrapping around your wrist and giving it a small tug trying to pull you back into him.
âI couldâve ruined everythingâ you continued to rant, eyes unfocused as you spoke âWeâve known each other since we were nine and I just kissed you like that wasnât going to change everything what was I thinkingâ
âIâm thinking if you donât kiss me now my heart may stopâŠagainâ
Your response was immediate, one fist shooting out and connecting solidly to his shoulder causing the jedi to groan softly âAni thatâs not funnyâ
Nonetheless Anakin took advantage of the way you leaned forward slightly to hook one hand around the back of your neck and crash your lips sloppily into his, a happy groan escaping him once you had finally connected.
Yet again you were pulling back but Anakin learned from his mistakes, never letting you get far. âI want it on record this does not mean I condone you injuring yourselfâ
âYou got it sweetheartâ Anakin mumbled back without much thought, pulling you back into him to let your lips connect once again, relishing the few seconds you eagerly kissed him back before you pulled back once again.
âAnd you canât just say whatever you think I want to hear just so Iâll kiss youâ
âmhm sure whatever you want babyâ he responded with a hum before pulling you in again, an exasperated groan escaping him when you once again pulled back too soon.
âI mean it you have to promise me Aniâ
Anakinâs other hand came up to cup your check, gaze desperately seeking out yours as he held your head mere inches from his own âI promise you I will not put myself unnecessarily into danger going forwardâ and without giving you a chance to respond he was kissing you again, committing every second to memory as he threaded his fingers through your hair.
Your hands planted on his chest as you pulled back again, barely getting out your âand one more-â before Anakin was responding with a simple ânoâ pulling you back into him, the Jediâs desperation making you giggle against his lips as you happily kissed him back.
#anakin skywalker#anakin skywalker imagine#anakin imagine#anakin fic#anakin x reader#anakin skywalker x reader#anakin skywalker fic#anakin skywalker x you#star wars fanfiction#star wars imagine#star wars x you#star wars x reader#star wars x y/n#skywalker imagine#skywalker x reader#skywalker x you#anakin skywalker x y/n#anakin x y/n#anakin x you
355 notes
·
View notes
Note
Dunno if you've done this before, but characters with tall reader!
This is mostly me being sick and having OC obsession brain rot, but the majority of my OCs are 5'9â6'0+ for reference by what I mean for "tall".
Love your writing, by the way! Keep yourself safe and make sure to treat yourself for all the joy you bring your viewers with your writing<3. Also, this is my first request:D
(Thinking about characters like: Venti, Diluc, Zhongli, Traveller, and whoever else you want to write/if you don't write for some of these characters, that's fine!)
ౚৠthem w a tall partner...
send a request!âmasterlistâtaglist applications
FEAT... aether, venti, itto, alhaitham, diluc
A/N... hiiii anon tysm for the request!! i loveee this idea it's so cute so i'm more than happy to write it ^^ unfortunatelyyy i wasn't able to write anything for zhongli as i js couldn't think of anything, i hope that's ok!!! also thank youuuu! i'm so glad you like my stuff, nd please make sure you take care of yourself too!! hope to see you again soon, enjoy ⥠alsooo i tried out some new colouring!! i hope you guys like ittt i think it's prettyy :3 oh and disclaimer these heights may not be accurate!!! i got them from this website but it seems pretty reliable to meee
⧠aether. - 5'4"
the traveller, the honorary knight, the swordfish II captain, the first sage of buer: just a few of the multitude of titles aether has earned from the many battles he's fought for teyvat. he's always fighting for people, protecting people, blindly jumping head-first into danger; he needs someone to protect him for a change, and that someone is you.
he always feels safe with you, and the way you stand behind him when he's chatting with friends or purchasing items from vendors makes him feel untouchable; evident by the way he practically melts under your touch.
one of the first things people tend to notice about you is your height, and although it doesn't really bother you, aether thinks it's ignorant and unfair. don't get him wrong, he loves your height, but there's so much more to you than that. he wishes people would notice your style, or your personality, maybe even your smile, anything. as long as nobody tries to steal you from him, he doesn't mind.
he'll often find himself being the little spoon while cuddling, and honestly, it's the thing he most looks forward to after a long day of completing commissions and collecting resources.
he loves how tall you are, how gentle you are, how loving you are; he loves all of you, and he hopes you love all of him too...
⧠venti. - 5'5"
venti loves the way you tower over him, and finds your subsequent protectiveness rather endearing.
your height sometimes intimidates people, and discourages them from wanting to strike up conversation with you. venti, however, was never bothered by it, and had no problem shamelessly flirting with you the very second you entered angel's share that fateful day.
the bard struggles to understand how people could possibly be afraid of you. of course, he knows how strong you are, and is aware of the lengths you'd go to in order to protect him, but nothing about your personality was something to be scared of.
the more he got to know you, the quicker he came to the realisation that you're really just a big softie - a gentle giant, if you will.
your impressive stature also means that you can carry him around. venti loves nothing more than being in your arms, face nuzzled into your chest as you take him to bed after a long day, or resting his head on your shoulder and forcing you to lift him up when he 'falls asleep''.
all in all, your boyfriend views your height is anything but negative. he loves you the way you are, and, as cliché as it sounds, wouldn't change anything about you for the world...
⧠itto. - 6'1"
no matter how tall you are, itto will give you piggyback rides. and you will enjoy them. to put it quite frankly, you don't have a choice.
even though you're taller than him, he still loves to have you in his arms, whether that means cuddling, carrying you around, or simply just hugging you from behind. something about having you in his hold makes him feel stronger and more confident than he ever has before.
the members of the arataki gang were shocked when they first met you, genta mistaking you for itto when he caught sight of your silhouette. nonetheless, they have all grown to be quite fond of you, and often leave small gifts on your doorstep which never fail to bring a smile to your face.
your height was something you sometimes felt ashamed of, however, itto always makes sure you feel happy within yourself, and will do everything in his power to wash the insecurities away; showering you in kisses and telling you just how perfect you are...
⧠alhaitham. - 5'10"
at first, alhaitham was slightly embarrassed that you were taller than him, not because of your appearance, but because of how he'd been relentlessly teasing his roommate for his height while having a partner who stands at an impressive 6'5"...
nevertheless, the scribe truly admires everything about you, and will often just stare. even though he wants nothing more than to have you in his arms, he's more than happy to admire you from afar, to watch you go about your day or make idle chit-chat with the local vendors so that he can just take you in; "archons, they're beautiful".
even though he stands shorter than you, he is extremely protective over you; intertwining his fingers with yours whenever he has the chance, and staring down anyone who 'looks at you wrong'. you often tease him for this, poking fun at his pout before kissing it away with a smile, only for it to return as you pinch his rosy cheeks.
the love alhaitham has for you is immeasurable, and the (not so) little things like your height only make him fall harder for you. his heart skips a beat when he feels your arms snake around his waist from behind, being pulled into your chest as you rest your head on his shoulder. yes, you could still do this even if you were shorter, but for him, nothing compares to being able to sink into you; he rather enjoys feeling smaller when he's with you...
⧠diluc. - 6'1"
you and your husband, diluc, stand at a similar height, him just slightly taller than you at 6'1". people often stare when you walk into a room hand-in-hand, but the darknight hero couldn't be more proud.
he never misses the chance to show you off, introducing you to everyone he knows while making sure to subtly flash the wedding ring he oh so gently slides onto your finger every morning. however, as soon as someone dares to make a rude remark about you, your husband has no problem stepping in front of you and handling the situation himself. yes, you're capable of looking out for yourself, but the redhead always feels the need to protect the ones he loves most.
the two of you are a package deal, and are rarely seen apart from each other unless absolutely necessary. diluc can't stand being away from you, and often finds his mind flooded with thoughts of you when he should be focused on the financial papers spread out on the desk before him.
being the taller ragnvindr, diluc often takes it upon himself to hand you items from higher up shelves, knowing full well you can reach them just fine by yourself. "given my stature, wouldn't it be rude not to hand my partner the things they couldn't possibly reach?", he always asks, pressing a loving kiss on your forehead and handing you whatever you were reaching for. such a tease...
thanks for reading âĄÂ want to read more? my requests are OPEN, so please feel free to let me know what youâd like me to write next!
TAGLIST... @maopll . @nyxmainex apply here
© FICTOCULUS 2024; please do not steal, translate, or repost my works as your own
#genshin x reader#genshin hcs#aether x reader#aether hcs#venti x reader#venti hcs#itto x reader#itto hcs#alhaitham x reader#alhaitham hcs#diluc x reader#diluc hcs#tall reader#gn reader#aether fluff#venti fluff#itto fluff#alhaitham fluff#diluc fluff#request
226 notes
·
View notes